The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D10-033 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - SHIEKH SHOES - TENANT IMPROVEMENTSHIEKH SHOES 984 SOUTHCENTER MALL D10 -033 City* Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206- 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /wwwci.tukwila.wa.us DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 984 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Permit Number: D10 -033 Issue Date: 03/12/2010 Permit Expires On: 09/08/2010 Tenant: Name: SHIEKH SHOES Address: 984 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKVVILA WA Owner: Name: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC Address: 11601 WILSHIRE BL, 12TH FLOOR , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 -1748 Phone: Contact Person: Name: BRUCE MARTENEY Address: 425 W BONITA AVE #106 , SAN DIMAS CA 91773 Phone: 909 -599 -7054 Contractor: Name: HINKLE CONSTRUCTION INC Address: 1905 N WILLIAMS , MESA AZ 85203 Phone: 480- 835 -6886 Contractor License No: HINKLCI915NG Expiration Date: 08/07/2011 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW INTERIOR PARTITIONS, STOREFRONT, LIGHTING, DUCTWORK, FINISHES Value of Construction: $120,000.00 Fees Collected: $2,705.39 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: II-B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -10/06 D10 -033 Printed: 03 -12 -2010 City oilI'ukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Permit Number: D10-033 Issue Date: 03/12/2010 Permit Expires On: 09/08/2010 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: ulta Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I a authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature: Date: Print Name: Lf'L �!� /1//4 /'¢ C-`C e7 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC -10/06 D10 -033 Printed: 03 -12 -2010 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 984 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: SHIEKH SHOES PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D10 -033 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 02/04/2010 Issue Date: 03/12/2010 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 10: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 11: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 12: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 13: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 14: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. doc: Cond -10/06 D10 -033 Printed: 03 -12 -2010 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 15: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431- 3670). 16: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 17: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 18: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 19: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 20: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 21: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 22: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 23: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 24: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 25: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 26: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 27: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 28: Gates serving the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of the International Fire Code. Gates used as a component in a means of egress shall conform to the applicable requirements for doors. (IFC 1008.2) doc: Cond -10/06 D10 -033 Printed: 03 -12 -2010 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 29: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 30: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 31: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 32: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) The path of egress shall require emergency lighting until exit discharge is accomplished. 33: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 34: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 35: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 36: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. (ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE TIED TO THE MAIN MALL FIRE ALARM PANEL.) 37: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 38: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 39: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 40: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 41: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. doc: Cond -10/06 D10 -033 Printed: 03 -12 -2010 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 42: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) (Post address per approved Westfield standards.) 43: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 44: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 45: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. * *continued on next page ** doc: Cond -10/06 010 -033 Printed: 03 -12 -2010 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: Print Name: Date: 3-1e:,—/6. doc: Cond -10/06 D10 -033 Printed: 03 -12 -2010 CITY OF TUKWILIP Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us S Building Permit No. __ to ` 6 3 3 Mechanical Permit No: __ IA ( D"b. 00 Plumbing/Gas Permit No. TG I)-Q t5 Public Works Permit No. Project No. (For office use only) Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 90113)-111— COI 0 Site Address: 98q-/q &G 500114 CCs.K.n Suite Number: 440 Floor: C•Utr Tenant Name: S4-1 i t. k H t OES New Tenant: g[ Yes ❑ ..No Property Owners Name: WEST F'IGl -1) Mailing Address: l I c o b wiz, Los ,A.16 3 City C-A 4€ State 90025 Zip CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: bRUC 1-1 A'1ZTE IJErr Day Telephone: c1051• S99 .7° 51 Mailing Address: 42S LEI . Bo.1 rrA Ave 604 .SAJ poi AS co:x.1f 91773 City E -Mail Address: rtmkt 'pnQ soon @PAr k IiN khait Fax Number: 909' 599 • J275+ State Zip GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION — (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: ARCHITECT OF RECORD —All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record Company Name: DAVa> A. ciDLe.c)I•, /JRC�ViL"fi�T Mailing Address: U $& I O. I l Whir Se.o-rcs p, LC- - Alas -it)/.JA 85 29 City State Zip Contact Person: t. C3 / I P. l.) 'Db � Day Telephone: - C0I4' - 338 5 E -Mail Address: OGAV 1 da l! of {cow @ COX— kVA. .. Fax Number: 46 17 - 6 tel.' -0 20 ENGINEER OF RECORD — All plans must be wet stampedby Engineer of Record Company Name: Mailing Address: 1,15tz, 1 J c . £4 LS EN-06 I-.I AMA LAk I° ST013 T /S 77oIf3 city state Zip Day Telephone: 713^ ` ie+ - 0888 Fax Number: 11 s - 91'l'- 08 ea? rage 1 of 6 Contact Person: VAV I iJ laJ� s: DOcty@.o.12mtic.corn _ E -Mail A H:WppltcadongFo Applications On Line12009 Applications \I -2009 - Permit Application.doe Revised: I -2009 bh BUILDING PERMIT INFO TION - 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 120, QO C °J-2' Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): WE I.-1 INhel4V2 'PARTTLo1J5, STOP F1ZD► —fj; LLt NTlJ!� Wort-100,k FI►J151h3 Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes' No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x I I " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For gn -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Ponta- Applications On Line \2009 Applications \I -2009 - Permit Applicatioadoc Revised: I -2009 bh Page 2 of 6 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1st Floor 24 1 l 24i2J I 0 fA IJ/ N 11- H 2nd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes' No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x I I " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For gn -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Ponta- Applications On Line \2009 Applications \I -2009 - Permit Applicatioadoc Revised: I -2009 bh Page 2 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW Signature: AUTHORIZED AGENT: Print Name: $t-x-G ke-1 Mailing Address: 425 BOIJ lTA &ys lit I O(v Date: 2 2. • % O Day Telephone: 9 09 . S `f °1 7 o c f 5A►3 DI fr./AS CA4iF LI 177 State Zip City Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: s I 0 Staff Initials: H:\Applicarons\Forns- Applications On Lane\2009 Applications \I -2009 - Permit Apphcation.doc Revised: 1 -2009 bh Page 6 of 6 • City of Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D10-033 Address: 984 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUICW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 02/04/2010 Applicant: SHIEKH SHOES Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -00442 Payment Amount: $1,641.40 Initials: WER Payment Date: 03/12/2010 11:02 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: HINBKLE CONSTRUCTION TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd VISA - Authorization No. 012024 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 1,641.40 Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $1,641.40 1,636.90 4.50 P YME y,. 1 T RECEVF r doc: Receipt-06 Printed: 03 -12 -2010 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D10 -033 Address: 984 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 02/04/2010 Applicant: SHIEKH SHOES Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -00187 Initials: User ID: Payee: WER 1655 Payment Amount: $1,063.99 Payment Date: 02/04/2010 12:19 PM Balance: $1,641.40 A & D INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 7773 1,063.99 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 1,063.99 Total: $1,063.99 PAYMENT RECEIVED doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 02 -04 -2010 5 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit fltb -63 3 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION °"- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 . (206)431 -3670 Project: S h oe 11 i-N- S1ios Type of In`pection: 1-14A L. Address: 92)4 rA tAl\ Date Called: Special Instructions: 9041 Date Wanted: .5 .m. I C) a Requester: Phone No: l(0oZ — /B — ov5 3 KApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS..._. t.101z IhJ ArPI' d■firtiN clow,ockeir-,10,1 Inspector: Date: UA 5 -� -�� REINSPECTION E REQUIREDJPrior to inspection, fee must be, pattd at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Dto -033 INSPE' ION NO. PERMI O. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Proje 5g-,e_144 S %e Type of spection t n u , l� I Addr sJ4 ce 6(( 3 Date Called: Specia Instructions: aZI ®Q 7 Q 0 2– // Date Wante a -- O rJ p.m. Requester: S-te Le OA AC ld£C( d Z '-ei/g —/165_3 Phone ( 0 proved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. CO MENTS: =' ; 12 ;M(.., — A pp ithiet.0 . F/144V&f .c 1 1...... ►N•, A-P pgcoe -r. G i-AZl ‘.3 c a - 419 E-ze c. r ., t.S k °osiv`'^7 ccbr,,P 1- -NWdve f - h i s <- 5L d121 &ii l I, or: 00 REINSPECTION FE 6 REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date:, Re • . t No.: Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INS,C ON NO. PERMIT CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)4 1 -3670 bio -d3-3 Pro ct: Type o inspecti n: /- /N4 l 0...c?/.5.,CAiltdaPe-f/N, - A//19 h,,� : ,�SH C. Address: Date Called: j d ",triiN b- i)44/i( /f 4/9 . (DR Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. © Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0...c?/.5.,CAiltdaPe-f/N, - A//19 j d ",triiN b- i)44/i( /f 4/9 . (DR A1/2145 ) GLiz/A AA J � -- .rr 1:,./4 - / - A/o6 e/‘ O lG/ Am ,e9 c..49,7 CI 44.tNs -twit l.' f 4 i) 7 ffre(ri)'r 1 `I ., .Ln/ — ./01 Ins . Date* 58'.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd:, Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION RECORD D ( 0 -033 Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. / CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION • v 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 367 Projec Hi e Type of Inspection: Address f a Sc I A- 1 ` J� ( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 3-15 _ lD `.m1 p.m. Requester: Phone No: ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval3 COMMENTS: _0,AS /d sdi�l pt,/#011 Ji.rk -S & r. ,i • ecto �. Date 1 - iS—I6 $ . 0.1 ' REINSPECTION FEE RE IRED. Prior o inspection, fee must be p -i5 at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., quite 100. C l to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: 44- INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0'O -o33 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION i2 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Project— f e �,1 S�a6, Type of In3pection: 1 ,frf 1 t 4' Al' Q r/ y /A 6AIi -- Addres L AkkL.1, Date Called: pfd Special Instructions: g-i T( iennr SiNik `J`E--. Date Wanted: 3 -1 r7 "f0 p.m. Requester: PhonVo: 2 _ 9 ie. _ v 693 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: CA fi� t e pr d 04/ t) 1Jr. -�,,0 LA ? .& if i (� /�I \/ a d li r/ y /A 6AIi -- sJs - r ;Ccx` r•` (..-4f it .. ocAl 1-:/1 AI 1/4JA-t4 pfd -, I -JJ INC ---- ( ( 1---: • 4 ) .Y ; r , f • • • • INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit .i0 -vim /0 oil PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT `- 944 Andover Park East; Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 Project: '� ��ie !r ��e3 Type of Inspection: f/o. , -vial , f1eE C,,JA4L Address: ; q .6c/ Suite #: s -( . M0,,1/ Contact Person: �e� , y Special Instructions: — I_ 0,... -Tn.. ry ok. la uoy r.A z 0., Phone No.: & 0 z _ ,/ 9- co q ; 0.1)0, 1� ! s1. VIApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. • COMMENTS: Sprinklers: BPS LI I,Y . Mast vv. an o.j ©k- `'- cA.1 A S b9ci,;14- k l e lei Hood & Duct: '' 4 .... 4 1..44. itev 5 c 0 PA- / . — I_ 0,... -Tn.. ry ok. la uoy r.A z 0., Loot/ (c. 4 61 t., el 4,. Permits: , Occupancy Type: -. 5Aro4es CytAt .g/ - • - t OSA, C4_ c l c41L/ vt /I 5 4 (--1 PIAP 1,,,,,CJ i=e -ra4;/ AA 10-8 /6 ,b14 5- • r /-' y d H),aS Ot a 5 G�f / o A Needs Shift Inspection: , Sprinklers: BPS LI Date':. % Fire Alarm : lei Hood & Duct: . Monitor: la uoy r.A z 0., Pre- Fire: Permits: , Occupancy Type: yyp • Inspectors • LI Date':. % /,d Hrs.: f.{j n $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit F-o.�iyy PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: iA Type of Inspection: Address: c`r Suite #: ;S 44,,,,0A a 11 Contact Person: Special Instructions: ; Pre -Fire: Phone No.: ESApproved per applicable codes. riCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r i 4'... , o ti- VI • �. Needs Shift Inspection_ : Sprinklers: f Fire Alarm: 1 Hood & Duct: Monitor: ; Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: • Inspector: cto Ti I Date: • Viab /4 Hrs:: /.6 n $80.00 RE VSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc - ...1/13/06 • • T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 r • ,vY r.G.' .NN.e410.4et4We0N±F: ,S.rtt tS4...... • . ... • ...'"::. ^STt.�n:.�bs4 CL.?�.:r:G'LU ?cccAS;. .1%41,16.-A1/4 INSPECTION NUMBER cll. 7[a il[ °".`M- ?r?!•I:Ptv�CYm, 7fi fi8AV..:na:l'�T- 7f_ -X�[�s a[i711",1 . .)eri :..v. -1.. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit /0- 3 0's3 Did"- -s PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA: FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: _Sprinklers: • Type of Inspection: Monitor: Address : Suite #: 5jY� s C. . cr Permits: - Contact Person: Special Instructions: tit' Phone No.: t proved per applicable codes. I I Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Needs Shift Inspection: • _Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: . Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: - (Occupancy Type: Inspector: 10,.E 5----L, • • • . Date : t .r o Hrs k E$80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from ity of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Wont /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit /0 —S- c S3 rc�-°aS3 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: .51r 8..L it,c.LoS Typeralf Inspection: sr Address: /, s. c. vv., „.11,i.._ Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: EiApproved per applicable codes. rrections required prior to approval. ''COMMENTS: • E e 1,-0, YQ54 0J -0.ea . A� nv o II d v� i9 C_`-^ -c ,J) �' I1"e„4,L 0 f 0 Nye) L1 e- e_ r_ S Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: • Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: °- Inspector: 5 I Date: WWI`/ /0 Hrs.: • /94-E1 $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED.. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Dgpartment. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc'. 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 03 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS Seismic Analysis of Light Duty Fixtures for SHIEKH SHOES 2800 Southcenter Mall Seattle, Wa 98188 RFA PROJECT NO.: 10 -077 DATE: April 30, 2010 CODE: 2006 IBC rfa STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 2013 4th Avenue SUITE 202 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98121 TELEPHONE: (206) 615 -9700 FAX: (206) 615 -7737 WEB SITE: www.rfaengineers.com 01(/3010 /n- 1\ Ro.:5;, 77; 2:,,27e.:1.0"D I 2800 Southcenter Mall Seattle, Wa 98188 Conterminous 48 States 2006 International Building Code Latitude = 47.46 Longitude = - 122.26 Spectral Response Accelerations Ss and S1 Ss and S1 = Mapped Spectral Acceleration Values Site Class B- Fa = 1.0 ,Fv = 1.0 Data are based on a 0.05000000074505806 deg grid spacing Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.428 (Ss, Site Class B) 1.0 0.489 (51, Site Class B) Conterminous 48 States 2006 International Building Code Latitude = 47.46 Longitude = - 122.26 Spectral Response Accelerations SMs and SM1 SMs = Fa x Ss and SM1 =FvxS1 Site Class D - Fa = 1.0 ,Fv = 1.511 Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.428 (SMs, Site Class D) 1.0 0.739 (SM1, Site Class D) Conterminous 48 States 2006 International Building Code Latitude = 47.46 Longitude = - 122.26 Design Spectral Response Accelerations SDs and SD1 SDs = 2 /3x SMs and SD1 = 2 /3xSM1 Site Class D - Fa= 1.0,Fv= 1.511 Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 0.952 (SDs, Site Class D) 1.0 0.493 (SD1, Site Class D) STRUCTURAL: ENGINEERS' S_= $M LGS SUBJECT .0uTtiCEr rE'L. M,C"LL STOKE PROJECT Sti! It Kq 110E( CLIENT A-31. DESIGN /C' .17 RFA NO. DA_D ! D SHE O. SCOPE: THE PURPOSE OF THIS ANALYSIS IS TO SHOW THAT THE FOLLOWING LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURES IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS SET BY SECTION 1613 OF THE 2006 IBC WHERE LATERAL FORCES ARE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 13.3 OF THE ASCE 7 -05. PARAMETERS: STORAGE FIXTURES WILL BE ANALYZED UTILIZING THE FOLLOWING FORMULA: LATERAL FORCE: Fp = [ 0.4 * up * SDS *Ip /(Rp *1.4) ] * Wp EXCEPT WHERE: . Fp shall 'not be taken as less than 0.3 *SDS *lp *Wp /I.4 and Fp is not required to be taken as greater than 1.6 *SDS *lp *Wp /I.4 WHERE Spa = 2/3*StAt AND SMS = Fa & S. SPECIFICATIONS: - MAIN STEEL Fy = 36000 PSI MIN. YIELD STEEL - BOLTS A307 (UNLESS NOTED) - ANCHORS 3/8 "0x2" MIN. EMBED..HILTI KB -TZ (ESR -1917) -SLAB 5 IN (minirnum requir d):x 2500. PSI (miniiimm requited). -. SOIL 1000 PSF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS G. SUBJECT SOOT+tGErOTE'g■ p?A-1A- STORE PROJECT SLOES CLIENT AT.' [. DESIGN /c� RFA NO. DA SHEET NO. LOADS & DISTRIBUTION: TYPICAL ANALYSIS BASED ON SECTION 1613 OF THE 2006 IBC AND SECTION 16.3 OF THE ASCE 7 -05: • WHERE Fp = [ 0.4 * ap * SDS *lp/(Rp* 1.4) ] * Wp AND z= 0 FOR GROUND FLOOR INSTALLATION. SITE CLASS = D Sms =-Tfligt 1,104 WHERE Sms = Fa*Ss AND Ss =7223,& Fa =T:04.3, Ip= 1.00 1,tia 1,0 Rp =2.5 SzSr.: O, SSa. ap =1 WORKING STRESS REDUCTION =1.4 0.105 Fp = [ 0.4 * ap * (2!3 *Fa *Ss) *Ip /(Rp *1.4)1 * Wp= O94 /p EXCEPT WHERE: O '7.04 Fp shall not be taken as less than 0.3 *(2/3 *Fa *Ss) *Ip* Wp/1.4 `B-1Wp not required to be taken as greater than :l .6 *(2 /3 *Fa *Ss)*lp *Wp /i.4 ='6:944 -Wp t •Of AND Fp (GO VERNS)= $-1� -7 Wp .?.ou HEIGHT= 120 IN WIDTH= 48 IN DEPTH= 12 IN # LEVELS = 6 LVL WLL= 20 LB WDL= 10 LB LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION & TRANSVERSE DIRECTION :Fp = 0.3 *SDS *Ip *Wp/1.4 _;[0.3"((2/3) *1:013 *1 :223) *I /1:4) * (20 LB + 16 LB) 6 -( Vtotal = Fp.'NO.OF LEVELS :4.3. LB/LEVEL *. 6 LEVELS 3h94 B 361" LATERAL FORCE DISTRIBUTION I h LEVEL LL +DL HEIGHT 3.0 IN I 30 LB 3.0 IN 23.0 IN 2 30 LB 26.0 IN 23.0 IN 3 30 LB 49.0 IN 23.0IN 4 30 LB 72.0 IN 23.01N 5 30 LB 95.0 IN 23.0 IN 6 30 LB 1 18.0 IN 118.0 IN J Fi Mot= (Fi *hi) a• i 5":3.1,LB 1(3 I S,ZIN -LB b.( LB I. l.'TSB.Q IN -LB a.( 3`31 LB xi 6.5260.2 IN -LB ;,• i '5:34 LB 43'.2X8 -3,3 IN -LB s 1 3:3.1 LB 5}a94304.0 IN -LB 6.1 ' LB 4 t26.-1N -LB 180 LB _ E LB 192.2.4IN -LB ��'� 1.0%1443 rf STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS' SEISMIC c i LGS SUBJECT SOOT +tGE•TER, t--/A-LL ST012-E PROJECT 1flGK}t St10ES CLIENT . DESIGN Ic - Cry RRFAI�INO Q DATE SHEET NO. BACK BRACING ANALYSIS: TYPICAL BACK X -BRACE ARE USED TO RESIST THE LATERAL FORCES IN THE LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION. THE BACK X -BRACE ANALYZED IS THE ONE THAT IS SHARED BETWEEN TWO INTERCONNECTED BAYS. d =48IN h = 60 IN: • Ldiag = (h ^2 +d^2)^0.5 = (60 IN) ^2 + (48 IN^2) ^0.5 = 76.84 IN V /BAY = 31.9 LB NO..OF PAYS = 2 Vtotal = 1,1105,91lt BAY *V /BAY *( Ldiag /d) 2{1,B!(76.84 1N/48IN) = ALB. TENSION CAPACITY OF L25 IN X 0.06 IN THK STRAP Pall =0.6 *Fy'Area = 0.6 * 36000 PSI * 0.075 IN ^2 - = 1,620 LB > 1'92,.8 O.K. t1}'S =.06IN ^2 At = (1.25)'0.06 = .075 IN ^2 Av = (1.25 in- 0.25)'0.06 SHEAR CAPACITY OF 1.25 IN X 0.06 IN THE STRAP Pall = 0.4 * Fy *Area = 0.4 * 36000 PSI .0.06.LN ^2 = 864 LB > tivB O.K. . l� }S. SHEAR CAPACITY OF #8x3/4" LANG SELF -DRILL SCREW VALUE IS PERTABULATED VALUES PREPARED BY ICBO REPORT(ER -5272) FROM TABLE 3 OF ER -5272 Fv = 394_ PSI > 11%2j..B O.K. H = 1.25 THK = 0.06 BOLT HOLE = 0.25 Fy = 36,000 PSI IFI I STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS: SELSMIG GrtLGS SUBJECT S00r ttGEN -r SyQikE PROJECT SCI C K}i 5 ttoES CLIENT /c RFA NO. DA DESIGN SHEET NO. OVERTURNING ANALYSIS: TYPICAL DEPTH= 12 IN TOP LEVEL HEIGHT = 118.0 IN (A) FULLY LOADED: Total Shear= LB .6.1- Mot = E(Fi *hi) = 1793Z.IN -LB Mst = E(Wp+.85wDL)*D/2 _ (I20 LB + 0.85 *60 LB)*12 IN/2 = 1,0261N -LB Pupli(t I (Mot - Mst)/Depth �tilk ;= (1-93..IN.LB_ - 1026.IN.LB.MIN ='15�LB <= UPLIFT 198•{ (B) TOP SHELF LOADED; SHEAR = 5 LB Mot= Vtop * ht = 5LB *IISIN = 627 IN -LB Mst = (Wp+wDL) *D/2 (20 LB ± 0:85 %0 LB)* 12` N2 = 426 IN-LB Puplift = I(Mot - Mst) /Depth = LB <= UPLIFT 33-S- ANCHORS QUANTITY= 1 PULLOUT= 1006 LB SHEAR = 999 LB fPs /PU +(VsNt) <1.00 I3 .t It.4 COMBINED STRESS(A) = LB/1006 LB) +(I5,0 LB/999 LB) = -0:00 r7.1? < 1.00 OK 31.5 COMBINED STRESS(B) = ('1Q,LB /1006 LB) + (2.7 LB/999 LB) =13:03, < 1.00 OK a-036 USE (1) 3/8 "0x2 "MIN. EMBED. HILTI KB -TZ (ESR -1917) PER ANGLE CLIP SMn AA nni..ti R .J i r I 1STRUCTURAI ENGINEERS! SEISMIC r.AL.GC SUBJECT SOOT HAIL STo�E PROJECT SItI C i<- S HoES CLIENT AM. DESIGN /c --0 .7} 1RR/FFAA NO Q DATE 6 SHEET NO. OVERTURNING ANALYSIS: PERIMETER WALL UNITS THE UPLIFT FORCE ON THE ANCHOR WILL BE DETERMINED USING THE STABILIZING MOMENT CREATED BY THE WEIGHT OF THE SHELVING (Mstl), AND THE WALL ANCHOR(Mst2). THE UNITS ARE ANCHORED TO 2 x 4 BOARDS W/ #8 WOOD SCREWS. Tallow= 117 LB r= PER TABLE I 1.2A OF THE 1997 NDS. (FOR 1" PENETRATION)* Movt= OE Fp * tut) = 1;93- 7-W -LB 2.-11 4:1 Mst1= Z (WDL WLL) *d/2 = 1,0801N -LB Mst2= Tallow * Ht = 11,232 IN -LB Pupl[1% [ AI - (LVlstl +Mst2)) / d = [i 4 v --LB - (1080 IN -LB + 11232 IN -LB)) / 12 IN _ - 86.1_LB NO UPLIFT -g"[ 1 THUS, NO FLOOR ANCHORS REQUIRED Ht.total = 120.0 IN. DEPTH = 12.0 IN Ht.wall screw = 96.0 IN WALL ADEQUACY: Wall(Ht)= 12.00 FT Trib(Width) = 4.0 FT V = 0.66 PSF < SPSF 1c <. Ok INTERIOR/PARTMON WALLS > THAN 6 FT IN HEIGHT MUST BE DESIGNED FORA MINIMUM OF 5 PSF LATERAL LOADING. 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener • Code Corn • liance Form Lighting Summary LTG -SUM Revised Dec 2007 (..nip UM:MI° 1 \VI 11 opus Project Info I mu, til lv. ... • ..”..MV .......••••••••••• ..,..• • ........ Project Address shiek shoes Date 2/24/2010 984 Southcenter, Space #440 For Building Department Use F LE COP1 Seattle, WA, 98125 Applicant Name: Bruce Marteney Applicant Address: 425 w. Bonita, san Dimas, CA, 91773 Applicant Phone: 909 599 7054 Project Description • New Building • Addition El Alteration • Plans Included See SEC Section 1513 for automatic daylighting, occupancy sensor, other controls, and commissioning Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive •Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 1368 Sales • No changes are being made to the lighting 3 & space use not changed. • Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, imum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 "` Area in ft2 Allowed x Area Sales Retail 1.50 1295.0 1943 Stock Warehouse 0.50 2735 1368 Sales D- Pendant .. Ye;., 3 13.0 39 From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LP Total Allowed Interior Watts 3310 Notes 1. Use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used 2. Include exit lights unless4ets than 5 watts per fixture. 3. Lim. For exempt lighting, not exception and leave Watts /Fixture blank. Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Location v (floor /room no.) ., v W b ' Fixture Descri tioo `' D P � � � � P Number of "'' Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Sales y v1nak, A -M.H. Pendant O 4 11 150.0 1650 Sales B -Track �� - 38 Sales D- Pendant .. Ye;., 3 13.0 39 Sales H- Downlight 4elt..1 "•`:' 2 18.0 36 Outdoor Areas . 021. - Li. ,, $� 259W carpi �g ®� 0.15 W /ft2 Sales C -36° Fluor Strip (Display Cases) c 1 .cIONAt F! 0 27.0 540 Toilet T -HF /LT „ ' Bldg. (by perim)' 60.0 60 Stock R -48° Fluor Strip row Yt % I 21 32.0 672 Interior Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed m Allowed Lighting Wattage (Exterior Total Proposed thterior Watts 2997 Location Description Allowed Watts per ft2 or per If Area in ft2 (or If for perimeter) Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) Covered Parking Watts Proposed 0.2 W/f 9 _ 0.2 W /ft2 Note: 2006 SEC does not allow trading between aj ±e' ?i�.!. !I'' ''! ' �--� �, :' Total Allowed Covered Parking Watts Open Parking ,, ,1 :. • c ' i 0.15 W /ft2 ' . r- ®� Outdoor Areas . Location �g ®� 0.15 W /ft2 Number of/ ti Bldg. (by facade)' 6t 0.15 W /ft2 1°I MAR O � �v;� Bldg. (by perim)' " : MAN 0 9 2010 7.5 W/If ' 1 �`i��r'c 1. Choose either the facade area or the perm eter method, but not both) Total Allowed Bldg. Exterio � Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -wired ballasts only, Proposed Lighting Wattage ( xterl (1eTiJ Vii= in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Location ': :� .. ' � -i. Gara ' .: 1: ill* li»»�nole/isiON t7 tl Number of Fixtures Watts /Fixture Watts Proposed 9 CO RF�EGTION ILTrage P posed Watts may not exceed Allowed Total Proposed Covered Parking Watts Location Fixture Description Number of/ ti ure0 a r Mlib 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener . Code Com• liance Form 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised Dec 2007 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other I Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type Is 'Other' and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) 0.9 • Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < =150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 0.95 (OA) Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations" 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants/bars5 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail10, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia", assembly spaces" 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel /motel 1.0 Warehouses ', storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference /exhibition hall'" 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries' 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific'use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt:, An additional 1.5 w/ft2. of.merchandise display luminaires are exempt for Individual tenant spaces less than 3.000 gross square feet and 1.2 W/ft2 for larger tenant spaces provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable In both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, ceramic metal halide, or other high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. • • 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Enerav Code Compliance Form Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised Dec 2007 Project Address shiek shoes !Date 2/24/2010 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code I Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type, indicate locations yea 1513.2 , Area controls Maximum limit per switch n.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, Indicate locations n.a. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans n.a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans yea 1513.4 Display /exhib/special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location n.a. (a) timer w/backup Indicate location n.a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location yea 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations yea 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans n.a. 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) I1514 I Max. watts "Indicate watts for each exit sign I I LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yes 1530 Lighting Power For incandescent luminaires, provide calculations based on the maximum labeled wattage of the fixture (not the lamp). For track lighting, provide calculations based on 50 W /foot of track or the actual luminaire wattage, whichever is greater. yea 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture n.a. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) I 1511 IElec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yea I 1540 (Transformers (Indicate size and efficiency I If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: f 1 1 1 • - . I - L • 1 - 6 - 1 1 - s • • - 'II' .1 - • II Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised Dec 2007 Lighting = General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls: Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512, shall comply with this section. Where occupancy sensors are cied, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2. 1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: 1. lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. 2. Automatic controls, when provided in addition to manual controls, need not be accessible to the users and may be centralized In a remote location.. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 1513.2 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than 80 %. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function Independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft2. 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: Uahtlna in ((Mail daylighted zones, as defined In Chapter 2 (see Exhibits 1513.3a and 1513.3b), both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with controls that comply with Sections 1513.3.1 and 1513.3.2 (( ))• 1513.3.1 Separate Control: Daylight zones shall have controls which control the lights Independent of general area lighting, Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not Include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e. north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing. For daylight zones under overhead glazing that exceed 5.000 square feet there must be at least two independent photocontrol systems with each system having a dedicated photosensor. EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing 2 or fewer lighting fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. 1513.3.2 Automatic Control: Davliaht zones shall have controls which automatically reduce fighting power in response to available daylight by either a. a combination of dimming ballasts and daylight - sensing automatic controls. which are capable of dimming the lights continuously. or b. a combination of stepped switching and daylight - sensing automatic controls, which are capable of incrementally reducing the light level in stens autdmaticallv and Lumina the lights off automatically, I. Single -lamp luminaire systems shall have three levels of automatic control: all lamps on, approximately half of the luminaires turned off In a relatively uniform pattern. and then all of the luminaires off. As an alternate. where the daylight zone contains two rows of luminaires and they are parallel to a window, three levels of automatic control may also be achieved by having both rows on. the row closest to the window off and the other row on. and both rows off. For rooms, such as small offices, which contain only a single one -lamp luminaire, it is acceptable for the daj lightina control system to automatically switch off the entire luminaire. jj, Two-lamo luminaires shall . ve three levels of automatic control: both lamps on, one lamp on and one lamp off, and both lamps off. As an alternate, where the daylight zone contains two rows of luminaires and they are parallel to a window, three levels of automatic control may also be achieved by having both rows on. the row closest to the window off and the other row on. and both rows off. For rooms. such as small offices, which contain only a single two -lamp luminaire. it is acceptable for the daylighting control system to automatically switch off the entire luminaire rather than switching off one lamp. then both lamps, iii. Three -lamp luminaires shall have four levels of automatic control: all three James on, two lamps on and one larpp off. one lamp on and two lamps off. and all three lamps off. Jv. For other multi-lamp luminaries with four or more lamps. the number of feouired incremental steps shall be equal to one plus the number of lamps in the uminaire. Any switching devices installed to override the automatic davliahtinci control shall comply with the criteria In Section 1513.6.2a -e. EXCEPTIONS: 1. The following are exempt from the requirements for automatic daylighting controls in Section 1513.3.2; a. retail spaces adjacent to vertical glazing (retail spaces under overhead glazing are not exempt), p. lighting exempted by Section 1512. am c. display, exhibition, and specialty lighting complying with Section 1513.4. 2, The following spaces are exempt from the requirements for automatic daylighting controls in Section 1513.3.2 provided that they have occupancy sensor controls that comply with action 1513.6.1: i a. small spaces in the daylight zone that are normally unoccupied (such as a storage room with a window. or restrooms), b. rooms less than 300 square feet. and p. conference rooms 300 square feet and larger that have a lighting control system with at least four scene options, 3. HID lamos with automatic controls that are capable of reducing the Dower consumption by at least 50% in lieu of continuous dimming controls In 1513.3.2, 4. HID lamps 150 watts or less are exempt from the dimming requirements In 1513.3.2. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be controlled Independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut -off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting Is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by either. a. A combination of a photosensor and a time switch; or b. An astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power fora period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1513.6 Automatic Shut-Off Controls, Interior: Buildings greater than 5,000 ft2 and all school classrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft' enclosed by walls or ceiling -height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with Section 1513.6.1. For other spaces, automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated (e.g., 24 -hour convenience stores), or illuminated Ina manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. , 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights In an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wail- mounted, manual switch capable of turning off lights when the space Is occupied. EXCEPTION: Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low -light) provided the control fails In the high -light position. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday 'shut -off feature, which burns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, If power is Interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the.device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. Is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an over -ride is Initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft' or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 If, whichever is greater. 1513.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut -off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate In accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1514 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an Input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. Motors - General Requirements 1511 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Section 1437. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Motors that are an Integral part of specialized process equipment. 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements 1540 Transformers: The minimum efficiency of a low voltage dry-type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4 -2 of the °Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP- 1- 2002). • • 2 -22 -10 CITY OF TUKWILA TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD., SUITE #100 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 PROJECT NAME: SHEIKH SHOES PERMIT # D10 -033 ATTN; DAVE LARSON, SENIOR PLANS EXAMINER LISTED BELOW ARE RESPONSES TO THE BUILDING DIVISION REVIEW MEMO DATED 2- 10 -10. ALL REVISIONS HAVE BEEN CLOUDED AND DELTA'ED DELTA 2 DATED 2 -22 -10 ITEM #1: REVISED THE DIMENSIONS ON SHEET SP -3 TO COMPLY WITH ICC /ANSI A117.1 2003, REVISED SHEET SP -2 AND ADDED SHEETS SP-4 AND SP -5 WITH ANSI STANDARDS ITEM #2: IT HAS BEEN DECIDED TO ELIMINATE THE RECESSED DISPLAY CASES DUE TO COST. ITEM #3: CORRECTED WALL CALL -OUTS TO CORRECTLY DEPICT EXISTING ONE HOUR FIRE RATED DEMISING WALLS. ONE EXISTING DOOR IS BEING REMOVED, THE OTHER DOOR IS EXISTING TO REMAIN (SEE DEMOLITION PLAN). THE AREA BEHIND THE TENANT SPACE IS THE EXISTING MALL SERVICE/ EXIT CORRIDOR (WHICH WE HAVE CALLED OUT ON SHEETS D -1 AND A -1). ALSO ADDED ADDITIONAL WALL TYPE TO WALL LEGEND FOR EXISTING DOOR OPENING TO BE CLOSED TO MEET EXISTING ONE HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION. ITEM #4: THE EXISTING STEEL COLUMNS ARE TO BE COVERED WITH ALUM. PANELING OVER NEW 5/8" TYPE `X' GYP. BD OVER 3 5/8 " -20 GA METAL STUDS (FLR TO +12' -0" A.F.F.) . WE REVISED THE NOTE ON A -1 TO MORE CLEARLY DEFINE THE CONSTRUCTION AT THIS AREA. THE PLYWOOD REFERRED TO ON SHEET A -6 IS IN REFERENCE TO THE REMOVABLE HORIZONTAL SHELVES TO BE SET ON THE COLUMN ADJACENT TO THE CASHWRAP. ITEM #5: REVISED THE LIGHTING SUMMARY TO COMPLY WITH COMMENT. I BELIEVE THIS ADRESSES ALL OF THE COMMENTS. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS, PLEASE CONTACT US. THANK YOU BRUCE MARTENEY COIZFiECjIO64 LTR# j t10 033 RECEIVED MAR 012010 PERMIT CENTER • Ctj/ fT ,u �`1 �_. �._ � � Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development February 16, 2010 Bruce Marteney 425 W Bonita Ave #106 San Dimas, CA 91773 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D10 -0033 Shiekh Shoes — 984 Southcenter Mall Jack Pace, Director Dear Mr. Marteney, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning, and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 - 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, R,JLQ Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File No. D10 -033 W:\Perrnit Center\Correction Letters\2010\D10 -033 Correction Letter 141.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 o Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 o Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • • Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: February 10, 2010 Project Name: Shiekh Shoes Permit #: D10 -033 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. I noticed that several dimensions used in the plans related to accessibility code requirements do not match the dimensions used in the ICC /ANSI A117.1 2003 standards for accessibility. These are the standards for accessibility to be used in the State of Washington. Please review and correct dimensions and all references to accessibility that conflict with ICC /ANSI A117.1. 2. A proposed slab cut at the entry of the store will need to be reviewed and stamped by a structural engineer. If this space is in the old portion of the mall there may be a void space under the floor. The slab may be a structural slab. Please confirm conditions and provide Structural acceptance by an engineer licensed in the State of Washington. It may be appropriate to contact a mall representative on this issue. 3. The plans do not show what the area is behind the store. A new door is shown at the back of the store and one door is to be removed. The rear wall is shown as non -fire rated construction. Is there a corridor or another tenant adjoining this tenant? Should this wall be fire rated construction? Please show this area on the plans and verify fire rating of wall. 4. Columns to be wrapped with plywood will need to use fire- treated plywood Please add note to plans were applicable. 5. The lighting budget was incorrectly filled out. You used 1.5 watts per sq. ft. for the entire space. You can only use 1.5 watts for the retail area in the front half of the space. The storage area is allowed .5 watts per sq. ft. There are exceptions for both areas in table 15 -1 to increase the lighting allowance. Please revise the lighting summary to comply with this table. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. • lia 4 ?,k��•p�1r • ,; ;SIX PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -033 DATE: 03 -01 -10 PROJECT NAME: SHIEKH SHOES SITE ADDRESS: 984 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: kiding Di ion Public Works ❑ Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator j DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 03-02 -10 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Nr Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 03-30 -10 Not Approved (attach comments) n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PE PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -033 DATE: 02 -04 -10 PROJECT NAME: SHIEKH SHOES SITE ADDRESS: 984 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: DIL arnird IO�10 Division J /U4— 0 Public Works PA /VC Fire Prevention impi Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator 1011 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 02 -09-10 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required nNo further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 03-09-10 Approved n Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) ET Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg K.- Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • • City of Tukwila Steven M Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steve Lancaster, Director Jt 'v it: l .'in''h.4:..�iI1•'w %:..w(.?uJL. �n>r �,. t? lA 5`.+ CM"3�} avid...{t4L.li +- 4.:A4:��ii::.:: Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 2. 25•1,0 Plan Check/Permit Number: D10-033 O Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Shiekh Shoes Project Address: 984 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: 15RVcG, AP-TE Wet Phone Number: 410°1 •ST:1 :7 2751 Summary of Revision: ..Sat AIT Ate' eiTY O TUK L O MAR .0 11010' PERMIT cemyea SheetNumber(s): Gd •/ SPS,A•I, s i A• 3 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisio C. Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: •®-- Entered in Permits Plus on 1 0 \applications\forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Contractors or Tradespeople Per Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Hinkle Construction Inc UBI No. 602843933 Phone 4808356886 Status Active Address 1905 N Williams License No. HINKLCI915NG Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Mesa Effective Date 8/7/2009 State Az Expiration Date 8/7/2011 Zip 85203 Suspend Date County Out Of State Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date Hinkle, Jackie E President 08/05/2009 Amount Hinkle, Frances S Vice President 08/05/2009 429250711 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 American Contractors Indem CO 100093672 08/05/2009 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 08/05/2009 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 2 ACADIA INS CO 429250711 11/19/2009 11/19/2010 $1,000,000.00 12/17/2009 1 UNION STANDARD INSURANCE COMPA 4292507 11/19/2008 11/19/2009 $1,000,000.00 08/05/2009 Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip/Print.aspx 03/12/2010 FI E COPY Permit No. Plan review approval is to errors and :dons. Approval of construction docu does not authorize the violation of any adopted ' or ordinance. Receipt of approved Fiej Copy and },: , Is :i 4 edged: SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Mechanic al .111Utectrical 6Q Plumbing Irpas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION By. Date: —/ /6 City Of lbkwila BUILDING DIVISION u.3408 REGISTERED • ! ARCHITECT .moo DAVID A. U „Kn / STATE OF WASHINGTON GTON REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. NOTE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN 4 REVIEW TENANT DESIGN 4 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA MANUAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID, BID SHALL REFLECT ALL SHOPPING CENTER REQUIREMENTS (lei MALL REQUIRED CONTRACTORS, BARRICADES, FIRE WATCHES, FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN, SMOKE EVACUATION DESIGN/ INSTALLATION (IF APPLICABLE) ETC.), G.C. SHALL COMPARE MALL CRITERIA/ EXISTING CONDITIONS OF NE TENANT SPACE AGAINST CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS TO. VERIFY ACCURACY. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO NE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF SIP. G.C. ACCEPTS RESPONSIBLITY/ COST FOR ALL CHANGES (ADDITIONAL. WOR< 4 MATERIALS), IF ANY DISCREPANCIES/ REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT BROUGHT TO ATTENTION OF OWNER PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE #440 84/986 SOUTHCENTER NOTE: IT 1$ A VIOLATION OF NE LEASE TO FAIL TO CONSTRUCT THIS PROJECT ACCORDING TO THE "TENANT PACKAGE" REQUIREMENTS (TENANT DESIGN 4 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA, CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR TENANT'S CONTRACTOR, AND SIGN DESIGN 4 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA). ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE CRITERIA OR THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS MUST HAVE THE TENANT COORDINATOR'S SPECIFIC WRITTEN APPROVAL. TUW LA, WAS INGTON NOTE: A SEPARATE SPRINKLER PERMIT SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR THIS BUILDING OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS EXISTING BUILDINGS, PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE DEPT. FOR APPROVAL. SALES AREA: 1113 SF / 30: 39 STOCKROOM: 1008 S.F. / 300 = 4 FITTING ROOM: 35 S.F. / 300 : 1 I-IDCP TOILET ROOM: 49 SF. / :300: 1 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: SOUTHCENTER UJESTFIELD TENANT SPACE 0440 9S4/ 986 SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 GROSS LEASE AREA : 2431 SO. FT. QRDTRO'M. �. AIM -a PROJECT D IRECTOR'' LANDLORD WESTFIELD 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD. LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90025 ATTN: DANYULE BRAKUS 206 -S02-6010 ARCHITECT DAVID A. UDKOUJ ARCHITECT 11881 N. 113TH WAY SCOTTSDALE, ARIZONA 85259 PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 TENANT SHE IKI-1 4083 E. AIRPORT DRIVE ONTARIO, CALIFORNIA 9I161 909 - 230 -6620 C.01:)E 1NFCM4T1ON APPLICABLE CODES: ALL WORK DONE UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS 4 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA OF THE LANDLORD, AND SHALL SATISFY ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS OF ALL GOVERNING BODIES INVOLVED. ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT WORK REQUIRED BY SUCH AUTHORITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR(S). \ OF r.:),ALJI\GS - COVER SHEET �-.,� SP -I GENERAL SPECS. SP -2 GENERAL SPECS. 4 DIVISfON OF WORK SF-3 GENERAL SPECS. 4 NANpICAP TOILET ROOM SPECS SP -4 ICC/ ANSI 41111 2003 SF- IGG/ ANSI ,411.1 -2003 D -1 DEMOLItION PLAN A -1 FLOOR PLAN A -2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A -3 STOREFRONT ELEVATION 4 STOREFRONT PLAN ,4 -4 STOREFRONT SECT IONS A- INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -6 !DOOR SCNEDULE, WALL SECTIONS &DETAILS ,A -1 CASHIURAP FIX7URE, SEATING BENCN 4 DISPLAi TABLES SHEET LOCATO- IFEB Z3,10 1. E -1 POUJER PLAN E -2 LIGHtING PLAN E -3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 4 DETAILS M -I NVAG PLAN M -2 NV,4G NOTES AND DETAILS P -1 FL- UMBING PLAN SALES AREA: 1113 SF / 30: 39 STOCKROOM: 1008 S.F. / 300 = 4 FITTING ROOM: 35 S.F. / 300 : 1 I-IDCP TOILET ROOM: 49 SF. / :300: 1 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: SOUTHCENTER UJESTFIELD TENANT SPACE 0440 9S4/ 986 SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 GROSS LEASE AREA : 2431 SO. FT. QRDTRO'M. �. AIM -a PROJECT D IRECTOR'' LANDLORD WESTFIELD 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD. LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90025 ATTN: DANYULE BRAKUS 206 -S02-6010 ARCHITECT DAVID A. UDKOUJ ARCHITECT 11881 N. 113TH WAY SCOTTSDALE, ARIZONA 85259 PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 TENANT SHE IKI-1 4083 E. AIRPORT DRIVE ONTARIO, CALIFORNIA 9I161 909 - 230 -6620 C.01:)E 1NFCM4T1ON APPLICABLE CODES: ALL WORK DONE UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS 4 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA OF THE LANDLORD, AND SHALL SATISFY ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS OF ALL GOVERNING BODIES INVOLVED. ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT WORK REQUIRED BY SUCH AUTHORITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR(S). CODE TYPE CODE .MODEL` BUILDING 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MECHANICAL 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE ELECTRICAL 2005 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE FIRE 2006 INTERNATIONAL, FIRE CODE PLUMBING 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING COPE CORR FC i1 N 1'; ECEIVED ACCESSIBILITY 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ENERGY WL 2006 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE Fe PERMIT CENTER USE GROUP • GROUP 'M' MERCANTILE NUMBER OF MALL FLOORS : I TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION : TYPE II -N BUILDING IS FULLY SPRINKLERED 10) 1 0 ear. 0 33 NOTE: MAX. OF 3 EMPLOYEES AT A TIME IN STORE 4EVI4TtONS 4 DEFINITIONS APP. . • ABOvE FINISHED FLOOR MIR ■ MIRROR OR MIRRORED WO • BOTTOM OF N.T.S. • NOT TO SCALE B.J. • • BUTT JOINT O.C. ON CENTER C.N. • CEILING HEIGHT PROVIDE • FURNISH 4 INSTALL CLG. • CEILING RUGS. • ROLL UP GRILLE CONTR • CONTRACTOR SA.T. • SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC TILE C.T. • CERAMIC TILE S.S. • SEE SPECIFICATIONS. D.C.L. • DESIGN CONTROL LINE STD. • STANDARD EA. • EACH TEN • TENANT FIN. • FINISH OR FINISHED T,G.G. TENANT CsENERAL CONTRACTOR P.R. • FIRE RATED OR RETARDANT T/O • TOP OF GYP. BD. • • GYPSUM WALLBOARD UN O. • UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ...3. • GYPSUM WALLBOARD V.C.T. • VINYL COMPOSITION TILE L.L. • LANDLORD OR LEASE LINE VIP. • VERIFY IN FIELD NATL. • MATERIAL W/ • WITH MFR ° • MANUFACTURER 1R C� I � REVIEWED E COMPLIANCE t ° + P } OV 1a O 9 A.,----- II� �aa l - �gY�id O F ,' 2010 fill 5 1501.5 DETAIL NUMBS- AREA DETAILED Ali SHEET LOCATO- IFEB Z3,10 1. .�/ ELEVATION SECTION SECTION DETAIL PLAN DETAIL 0 I CL V SHIEKH- SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION INDEX 05400 COLD FORMED 05500 METAL FAFRICATIONS 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 08115 METAL DOOR FRAMES 08305 METAL ACCESS DOORS 08110 DOOR HARDWARE 09215 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER 09260 GYPSUM- REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09305 CONTROL JOINTS 4 METAL TRIMS 09385 DIMENSION STONE TILE 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09638 STONE PAVING 4 FLOORING 09640 WOOD FLOORING 09666 RESILIENT FLOORING 09910 PAINTING METAL FRAMING SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED PART 1 - GENERAL Li- SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. ENGINEER, FABRICATE, AND ERECT COLD FORME METAL FRAMING TO WITHSTAND DESIGN LOADS WITHING THE FOLLOWING LIMITS: EXTERIOR LOAD- BEARING WALLS: LATERAL DEFLECTION OF L/360 2. INTERIOR LOAD - BEARING WALLS: LATERAL DEFLECTION OF L/360, B. CALCULATE STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING ACCORDING TO AISI'S "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD - FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS." C. ENGAGE A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER TO PREPARE DESIGN CALCULATIONS. D. COMPLY WITH AWS DI.1, "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE -- STEEL," AND AWS 0I3, "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - -SHEET STEEL." PROTECT COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING FROM CORROSION AND OTHER DAMAGE DURING DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING. I. E. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 - MATERIALS A. GALVANIZED STEEL SWEET: ASM A6350, G60 ZINC COATED: STRUCTURAL QUALITY: OF GRADE REQUIRED BY STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE. B. STEEL STUDS AND TRACK: FABRICATE W/FLANGE WIDTH OF I -5/8 ", DESIGN UNCOATED STEEL THICKNESS OF 0.0451" 4 OF DEPTHS INDICATED. 2.2 - ACCESSORIES A. B. C. D. STEEL SHAPES AND CLIPS: ASTM 436 CAST -IN- PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS AND STUDS: ASTM A301, GRADE A (ASTM F 568, PROPERTY CLASS 4.6), CARBON -STEEL HEX -HEAD BOLTS 4 STUDS: CARBON -STEEL NUTS: AND FLAT, UNHARDENED -STEEL WASHERS. HOT -DIP GALVANIZE ACCORDING TO ASTM A I53. MECHANICAL FASTENERS: CORROSION - RESISTANT COATED, SELF - DRILLING, SELF - THREADED STEEL DRILL SCREWS. GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT: SSPC -PAINT 20 OR DOD -P -21035 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 - FRAMING A. B. C, D. INSTALL FRAMING 4 ACCESSORIES LEVEL, PLUMN, SQUARE, 4 TRUE TO LINE, AND SECURELY FASTEN. TEMPORARILY BRACE FRAMING. FASTEN FRAMING MENBERS BY WELDING OR SCREW FASTENING. FASTEN REINFORCEMENT PLATED OVER WEB PENETRATIONS LARGER THAN STANDARD PUNCHED OPENINGS STUDS: INSTALL, ALIGN, AND SECURELY ANCHOR CONTINUOUS TRACKS TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. SQUARELY SEAT STUDS AGAINST WEBS OF TOP 4 BOTTOM TRACKS. SPACE STUDS AS INDICATED: PLUMB, ALIGN, 4 FASTEN I. BOTH FLANGES OF STUDS TO TOP 4 BOTTOM TRACK 2. INSTALL MISCELLANEOUS CONNECTIONS, ACCESSORIES, AND SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING. END OF SECTION 05400 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS & FIXTURING A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING DETAILS OF FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. B. SUBMIT COLOR SAMPLES INDICATED (ON METAL) OF SPECIFIED COLORS FOR APPROVAL BY OWNER PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS: ASTM 436: THICKNESS 4 CONFIGURATIONS AS INDICATED. B. COLD - FORMED STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 500, GRADE B. 2.2 FASTENERS A. SCREWS, BOLTS, WASHERS, AND NUTS: STEEL WITH RUST RESISTANT COATING: PROVIDE WIN COUNTERSUNK HEADS eo EXPOSED LOCATIONS. 2.3 WELDING RODS A. CONFORMING WIN AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY, "SPECIFICATIONS FOR ARC WELDING ELECTRODES ", OF CLASSIFICATION 4''S SUITABLE FOR WORK TO BE DONE. 2.4 FABRICATION A. FABRICATE METAL DISPAY FIXTURES AND DECORATIVE ITEMS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND IN CONFORMANCE WIN ARCHITECT OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. B. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE SMOOTH WIN NO VISIBLE WELD JOINTS OR FILE MARKS. USE FILLER AS REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE DENTS, DILE, OR GRINDER MARKS, AND PITS IN WELD JOINTS. ALL EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE EASED SLIGHTLY TO AVOID "SHARP" EDGES. 2.5 FINISH A. VERIFY THAT ALL SURFACES AND WELDED JOINTS ARE SMOOTH, CLEAN, AND FREE OF SURFACE BLEMISHES. C. B. EXTERIOR ITEMS. SHALL BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED PRIOR TO FINISHING. C. PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF FINISH SYSTEM PRE- ASSEMBLE MULTIPLE SECTION COMPONENTS TO, VERIFY CONFIGURATION IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. D. AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS APPLY HIGH PERFORMANCE ORGANIC COATING IN CONFORMANCE WITH AAMA 6052 -92, 10% PVDF. * INTERIOR LOCATIONS APPLY SILICONE POLYESTER PAINT SYSTEM INCLUDING PAINT MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED PREPARATION AND PRIMER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, COLOR SHALL MATCH "FROSTY NICKEL" BY ABACUS COATING, COLOR NO,13 -9150. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 - INSTALLATION A. PERFORM. CUTTING, DRILLING, AND FITTING REQUIRED DOE INSTALLING CUSTOM METAL FABRICATIONS ONLY a THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. SET METAL FABRICATION ACCURATELY IN. LOCATION, ALIGNMENT, AND ELEVATION: WITH EDGES 4 SURFACES LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND FREE OF RACK B, FIT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS ACCURATELY TOGETHER TO FORM HAIRLINE JOINTS. C. ASSEMBLE 4 ANCHOR COMPONENTS W /APPROVED FASTENERS PRE - FINISHED TO MATCH METAL WORK 3.2 - SCHEDULE OF ITEMS A. THE ITEMS, FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION ARE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TI-4E FOLLOWING: 1. FREE STANDING DISPLAY FIXTURES 2. RECESSED /SLOTTED WALL STANDARDS 3. BRACKETS, "U RAILS" 4 "U RAIL" SHELVES 4.MIRROR SUPPORTS/ STANDS 5. CORNER ANGLES 6.DECORATIVE BRACKETS 1. COLUMN COVERS 8. TUBE STEEL COLUMN BASE END OF SECTION 05505 SECTION 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOOD WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 - SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR COUNTER TOP MATERIALS, CASEWORK SHOP DRAWINGS 4 SAMPLES SHOWING THE FULL RANGE OF COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS AVAILABLE FOR EACH TYPE OF FINISH. 8. QUALITY STANDARD: WOODWORK INSTITUTE C. OF CALIFORNIA'S, "MANUAL OF MILLWORK" ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL WOODWORK UNTIL BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, WET -WORK IS COMPLETED AND HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATING, PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 - MATERIALS A. A. HARDBOARD: ANA A1365.4 B.MEDIUM- DENSITY FIBERBOARD: ANSI A208.2 C. PARTICLE BOARD: ANSI A208.I, GRADE M -2 D.SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: PS I. E. HARDWOOD PLYWOOD AND FACE VENEERS: HPVA 11P -I F. HIGH - PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE: NEMA LD 3. G. LOW PRESSURE DECORATIVE MELAMINE LAMINATE: COMPLY WITH ALA LATEST EDITION. I. COLORS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SELECTED BY ARCHITECT 2. WHITE w CASNWRAP 4 BACKWRAP 3. WHITE 4D BACK AREAS 4 OFFICES 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE & ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. HARDWARE STANDARD: COMPLY WITH BHMA A156.9 FOR ITEMS INDICATED BY REFERENCE TO BHMA 4''S OR REFERENCED TO THIS STANDARD, B. EXPOSED HARDWARE FINISHES: FOR EXPOSED HARDWARE, PROVIDE FINISH THAT COMPLIES WITH BHMA A156.18 FOR BHMA CODE 4' INDICATED. 1. FINISH: SATIN ALUMINUM: BHMA 630. C. HARDWARE ITEMS: I. HINGES: BLUM MODUL 125: MODUL ZERO- PROTRUSION SLIDE OUT CPU COMPARTMENTS. 2. DRAWER SLIDES: ACCURIDE TYPE 3852 SILVER 3. PULLS: "IVES" NO. 36 ALUMINUM WIRE PULL -626 OR EQUAL W/MATCHING SHOULDER WASHERS 4. LOCKS: "BEST" L SERIES 11J/INTERCHANGEABLE CORES. OR EQUAL. 5. GROMMETS: 3" WHITE. 6.13UMPER RAILS: C/S ACROYYN MODEL DB -034Ft I /8" THK, 1 1/2" WIDE. 1. CASTERS: FAULTLESS SWIVEL CASTERS MFLI2I -2.5 OR HAFELE 50MM TWIN- WHEELS W/PLASTIC PRESS -FIT SOCKETS, PROVIDE ONE CASTER W/ BRAKE a EACH HANGER CONTAINER 8. AIR VENTS: 0.50" PERFORATED ALUMINUM SHEET W 1/4" SQUARE HOLES: BLACK FINISH 2.3 INTERIOR WOODWORK A. COMPLETE FABRICATION BEFORE SNIPPING TO PROJECT SITE TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE, DISASSEMBLE ONLY AS NEEDED FOR SNIPPING 4 INSTALLING. WHERE NECESSARY FOR FITTING PROJECT SITE, PROVIDE FOR SCRIBING 4 TRIMMING I. AIR VENTS: 080" PERFORATED ALUMINUM SHEET W 1/4" SQUARE HOLES: BLACK FINISH 8. BACKOUT OR GROOVE BACKS OF FLAT TRIM MEMBERS, KERF BACKS OF OTHER WIDE, FLAT MEMBERS, EXCEPT FOR MEMBERS WITH ENDS EXPOSED IN FINISHED WORK C. INSTALL GLASS TO COMPLY W/ FGMA'S "GLAZING MANUAL ". FOR GLASS IN WOOD FRAMES, SECURE GLASS W/REMOVABLE STOPS. D.INTERIOR STANDING 4 RUNNING TRIM FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: PREMIUM GRADE, MADE FROM SPECIES INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. E. INTERIOR STANDING 4 RUNNING TRIM FOR OPAQUE FINISH: PREMIUM GRADE, MADE FROM ANY CLOSED -GRAIN HARDWOOD LISTED IN REFERENCED WOODWORKING STANDARD F. LAMINATE -CLAD CABINETS (PLASTIC- COVERED CASEWORK): PREMIUM GRADE: WIC SECTION I5 1. CONSTRUCTION STYLE: FRAMELESS 32MM SYSTEM: MULTIPLE, SELF- SUPPORTING SECTIONS. 2. DOOR DRAWER FRONT STYLE: FLUSH OVERLAY 3, LAMINATE CLADDING: HORIZONTAL SURFACES OTHER THAN TOPS, GP -50: VERTICAL SURFACES, GP -28: EDGES, GP -50 SEMIEXPOSED SURFACES, THERMOSET DECORATIVE OVERLAY. 4. MELAMINE SURFACING: PER ALA STANDARDS: 0 SEMI- EXPOSED SURFACES, COLOR: WHITE e CASHWRAP/BACKWRAP 4 WHITE BACKROOMS /OFFICES 5. EXPOSED PANEL EDGE SURFACING: 1/8" PVC: COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 6. PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS: PREMIUM GRADE. I. LAMINATE GRADE: GP -50 2. GRAIN DIRECTION: PARALLEL CABINET FRONTS. 3. EDGE TREATMENT: SAME AS LAMINATE CLADDING ON HORIZONTAL SURFACES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 - INSTALLATION A. COORDINATE W/ OTHER TRADES FOR SITE APPLIED FINISHES TO INSTALLED CABINET WORK. B, INSTALL WOODWORK TO COMPLY W/WIC SECTION 26 FOR GRADE SPECIFIED C, INSTALL WOODWORK LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND STRAIGHT, SHIM AS REQUIRED W/ CONCEALED SHIMS. INSTALL TO A TOLERANCE OF I/8" IN 96 INCHES FOR LEVEL AND PLUMB SCRIBE 4 CUT WOODWORK TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, SEAL 4 CUT SURFACES, 4 REPAIR DAMAGED FINISHES e CUTS SCRIBE 4 CUT WOODWORK TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, SEAL 4 CUT SURFACES, 4 REPAIR DAMAGED FINISHES a CUTS F. ANCHOR COUNTERTOPS SECURELY TO BASE UNITS. SEAL SPACE BETWEEN BACKSPLASH 4 WALL END OF SECTION 06402 D. E. SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER: OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF HARDWARE (LATCH 4 LOCK SETS, HINGES, CLOSERS, ETC.) FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, ALTHOUGH SEVERAL MAY BE INDICATED AS OFFERING PRODUCTS COMPLYING W/REQUIREMENTS. B. FIRE -RATED OPENINGS: PROVIDE HARDWARE FOR FIRE -RATED OPENINGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA STANDARD. NO.80 4 BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ONLY HARDWARE WHICH HAS BEEN TESTED AND LISTED BY UL OR FM FOR TYPES 4 SIZES OF DOORS REQUIRED 4 COMPLIES W /REQUIREMENTS OF DOOR 4 DOOR FRAME LABELS C. WHERE EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICES ARE REQUIRED ON FIRE -RATED DOORS (WITH SUPPLEMENTARY DOORS UL OR FM LABELS INDICATING "FIRE DOOR TO BE EQUIPPED WITH FIRE EXIT HARDWARE ") PROVIDE UL OR FM LABEL ON EXIT DEVICES INDICATING "FIRE EXIT HARDWARE ". D. ITEMS OF HARDWARE NOT DEFINATELY SPECIFIED HEREIN BUT NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED. SUCH ITEMS SHALL BEOF TYPE AND QUALITY SUITABLE TO THE SERVICE REQUIRED 4 COMPARIBLE TO ADJACENT HARDWARE. WHERE SIZE 4 SHAPE OR MEMBERS IS SUCH AS TO PREVENT NE USE OF TYPES SPECIFIED, HARDWARE SHALL BE FURNISHED OF SUITABLE TYPES HAVING AS NEARLY AS PRACTIBLE NE SAME OPERATION 4 QUALITY AS THE TYPE SPECIFIED. E. HARDWARE SUPPLIER SHALL BE A DIRECT FACTORY CONTRACT DISTRIBUTOR WHO HAS IN HIS EMPLOYMENT AND EXPERIENCE CERTIFIED ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE CONSULTANT (A.H.C), WHO IS AVAILABLE ALL REASONABLE TIMES DURING THE COURSE OF THIS WORK HAVE CONSULTANTS NAME, ADDRESS, 4 PHONE 4' AVAILABLE FOR CONSULTATION TO TI-4E OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND CONTRACTOR. 1.02 SUB MITTALS A. COMPLY W/ PERTINENT PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01300 B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURERS TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH ITEM OF HARDWARE. INCLUDE WHATEVER INFORMATION MAY BE NECESSARY TO SHOW COMPLIANCE W /REQUIREMENTS, 4 INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION 4 FOR MAINTANENCE OF OPERATING PARTS 4 FINISH. C. HARDWARE SCHEDULE: SUBMIT HARDWARE SCHEDULE IN MANNER INDICATED BELOW. D. SUBMIT (5) TYPEWRITTEN COPIES OF NE SCHEDULE OF HARDWARE. SCHEDULE SHALL BE ARRANGED SEQUENTIALLY BY DOOR 4' WIN THE HARDWARE TYPE IDENTIFIED. HARDWARE SHALL BE ARRANGED SEQUENTIALLY BY DOOR 4' W/THE HARDWARE TYPE IDENTIFIED. HARDWARE SHALL NOT BE ORDERED FOR PURCHASE UNTIL THE SCHEDULE HAS BEEN REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT. E. SUBMIT CATALOG CUTS OF EACH ITEM CHECK DOOR THICKNESSES, DETAILS OF TRIM, CLEARANCE FOR I- 4INGES, STRIKES, CLOSERS, FASTENER REQUIREMENTS, t FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS, 4 FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS BEFORE PREPARING SCHEDULE. F. REVIEW OF THE SCHEDULE BY THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUEDED AS CERTIFYING THE SCHEDULE OF BEING COMPLETE. G. TEMPLATES: FURNISH HARDWARE TEMPLATES TO EACH FABRICATOR OF DOORS, FRAMES 4 OTHER WORK TO BE FACTORY- PREPARED FOR NE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. 1.03 KEYING A. ALL LOCKS SHALL BE "BEST" 6 -PIN, INTERCHANGEABLE CORE CYLINDERS. B. KEYS: PROVIDE 6 SETS OF ALL KEYS TO OWNER PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISHES A. REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE IN PART 3 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE IN PART 3 2.2 PRODUCT A. METAL ACCESS DOOR AS MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR LP (800) 528 -1411 STYLE DW -FLUSH DOOR 22X22 PRODUCT 4'3203 -018 PART 3 - EXECUTION A. PLACE STEEL FRAMES TO COMPLY W/MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS, B. PROTECT PRE - FINISHED DOOR FROM THE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. END OF SECTION 08710 SECTION 09215 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. WHERE FIRE •RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLIES ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE MATERIALS 4 CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE OF ASSEMBLIES TESTED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE PER ASTM E 119 BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING 4 INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. SECTION INCLUDES: FRESCO PLASTER CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING SUBSTRATES A4 COAT FRESCO PLASTER APPLICATION. C. RELATED SECTIONS: I. COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING - 05400 2. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES - 09260 3. PAINTING - 09910 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: THREE COPIES OF MFR'S CATALOG INFORMATION. B. SAMPLES: THREE COLOR 4 TEXTURE SAMPLES, 12" XI2 ". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER/APPLICATOR: I. AUTHORIZED 4 TRAINED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FRESCO PLASTER SYSTEM 2. EMPLOY 4 USE JOURNEYMEN MASTER PLASTERERS TRAINED IN FRESCO PLASTER APPLICATION 4 W/A MINIMUM OF 3 YEARS 3. EXPERIENCE IN THE CRAFT OF PLASTERING PRE-APPROVED INSTALLER: B. TEST COLOR 4 TEXTURE SAMPLES TO ASSURE QUALITY OF MOVEMENT 4 DURABILITY. TEST BY BENDING SAMPLE TO A 30 DEGREE ANGLE WITHOUT CRACKING NE FRESCO PLASTER. C. MOCK UP: I. FABRICATE A MOCK UP PANEL NE PROJECT SITE OR SUBMIT A HARDBOARD MOCKUP TO SHOW AESTHETIC EFFECTS OF APPLICATION, AS WELL AS AS QUALITY OF MATERIAL, CREATION, 4 WORKMANSHIP. SIZE OF MOCK UP PANEL TO BE DETERMINED ON A PER JOB BASIS. 2. OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF MOCK UP BEFORE STARTING INSTALLATION OF THE FRESCO PLASTER SYSTEM. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. STORE FRESCO PLASTER BASE COAT 4 FINISH COAT INSIDE m ROOM TEMPERATURE. PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE FROM WEATHER, SUN, OR FREEZING. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DO NOT INSTALL FRESCO PLASTER UNTIL BUILDING IS HEATED. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUGGESTED MANUFACTURERS: A. SPECIFIED/REQUIRED MANUFACTURER: NASS FRESCO FINISHES 200 OPATRNY DRIVE FOX RIVER GROVE, IL 60021 PHONE: 841.639.1484 FAX: 841 .639.1485 2.02 MATERIALS: A. FRESCO PLASTER SYSTEM: TWO COAT SYSTEM CONSISTING OF A BASE COAT FOR FOUNDATION 4 STRENGTH 4 A FINISH COAT FOR VARIEGATION 4 TEXTURE. INCLUDES: I. FRESCO PLASTER BASE COAT 2FRESCO PLASTER FINISH COAT 3.UNITED STATES GYPSUM KEENED CEMENT 4.UNITED STATED PORTLAND CEMENT S.BENJAMIN MOORE COLORANT B.STEEL FRAMING FOR PARTITIONS COMPLYING W /ASTM C 645. I.STUDS 4 RUNNERS: IN DEPTH INDICATED 4 0.0119" THK, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2,RIGID HAT - SHAPED FURRING CHANNELS: IN DEPTH INDICATED 4 0.0119" THICK, UNLESS OTHER WISE INDICATED. 3FURRING BRACKETS: ADJUSTABLE SERRATED -ARM TYPE TYPE FABRICATED FROM CORROSION - RESISTANT STEEL SHEET 0.0329° THICK. 4.14OT -DIP GALVANIZED COATING COMPLYING W /ASTM A 653, G40 FOR FRAMING MEMBERS. C.VENEER PLASTER SUBSTRATES: _ 1. GYPSUM BASE, COMPLYING W /ASTM C588, OR GYPSUM WALLBOARD, COMPLYING W /ASTM C 36, DOR MULTI -LAYER APPLICATION AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER, IN THICKNESS TO ACCOMODATE CURVED SURFACES INDICATED. REGULAR TYPE WHERE INDICATED. 2.03 ACCESSORIES: A. ACCESSORIES FOR INTERIOR INSTALLATION: CORNERBEAD, EDGE TRIM, 4 CONTROL JOINTS COMPLYING W /ASTM C 1041, FORMED FROM STEEL SHEET ZINC COATED BY THE HOT -DIP PROCESS OR ROLLED ZINC OR PLASTIC. B. GYPSUM. BASE JOINT - REINFORCING MATERIALS: COMPLY W /ASTM C 581. OPEN WEAVE FIBERGLASS FABRIC JOINT TAPE 4 EMBEDDING MATERIAL RECOMMENDED 5Y VENEER PLASTER MANUFACTURER CEMENTITOUS ;BACKER UNIT JOINT - TREATMENT MATERIALS: COMPLY W /ASTM C 415. C. 2.04 MIXES: A. BASE COAT: MIX PROPORTIONS OF FRESCO PLASTER BASE COAT MATERIAL, CEMENT PLASTER, 4 COLORANT AS REQUIRED TO B. ACHIEVE INTEGRALLY COLORED SUBSTRATE. FINISH COAT: MIX PROPORTIONS OF FRESCO PLASTER FINISH COAT, CEMENT PLASTER, 4 COLORANT AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE INTEGRALLY COLORED FRESCO PLASTER SURFACE. 2.05 SYSTEM: A. B. C. SEAMLESS, WITHOUT PATTERN, UNBROKEN ARTRTAEY OF COLOR TONES IN A FRESCO SEAML SS, WIT! -4OUT PATTERN, UNBROKEN ARRAY OF COLOR TONES IN A FRESCO PATTERN. FLEXIBLE FINISH TO WITHSTAND CRACKING. 2.06 FINISH A. COLOR 1.5ASE COLOR 2.OVER COLOR(S) B. TEXTURE I.SMOOTH 2MEDIUM 3.HEAVY C. FINISH I.SEALER (EVERY INSTALLATION) 2.POLYURETHANE 3.SPECIAL 2.07 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE EXPERIENCED IN THE DEVELOPMENT 4 MANUFACTURER OF FRESCO PLASTER SYSTEMS. 3.01 EXAMINATION/ INSTALLATION PART 3 EXECUTION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATE ,TO ASSURE IT IS OF STRUCTURAL SOUNDNESS. 1. GYPSUM WALLBOARD SHALL BE TAPED, SANDED, CLEANED, OF SANDING RESIDUE, 4 PRIME PAINTED W/A HIGH QUALITY, UNDILUTED, LATEX PRIMER/SEALER W/ A FLAT FINISH, SUCH AS BENJAMIN MOORE 4' 200 -00 OR 4'216 -00. 2. PLASTER, CONCRETE OR OTHER SUBSTRATES SHALL BE OF SOUND CONSTRUCTION 4 FINISHED SMOOTH. B. INSTALL STEEL FRAMING TO COMPLY W /ASTM C 154 4 W /ASTM C 844 REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLY TO FRAMING.. 1.ISOLATE STEEL FRAMING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE, EXCEPT a FLOOR, TO PREVENT STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT FROM TRANSFERRING LOADING TO PARTITIONS. INSTALL GYPSUM BASE TO COMPLY W /ASTM C 844 * AS FOLLOWS: 1.SINGLE -LAYER FASTENING METHODS: FASTEN GYPSUM PANELS TO SUPPORT W /SCREWS. 2MULTILAYER FASTENING METHODS: FASTEN BASE LAYERS W /SCREWS, 4 FACE LAYERS TO BASE LAYERS W /ADHESIVE 4 SUPPLEMENTARY FASTENERS. 3.02 PREPARTATION A. MECHANICALLY MIX FRESCO PLASTER MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE W/THE MFR'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. 3.03 APPLICATION A, WET TROWEL BY HAND IN DIFFERENT DIRECTIONS 11.1/VARYING DEGREES OF PRESSURE TO ACHIEVE A FRESCO APPEARANCE. TROWEL SMOOTH OR TEXTURE AS REQUIRED TO MATCH SAMPLES BY THE ARCHITECT. 3.04 REPAIR /RESTORATION A. FOR GENERAL MAINTENANCE OF NICKS, SCRATCHES, STAINS, AND MARS, WE RECOMMEND A KITCHEN SCRUB SPONGE, SUCH AS 3M'S SCOTCH -BRITE PAD, 4 PLAIN WATER DEEPER MARS CAN BE REMOVED BY LIGHTLY SANDING THE AREA WNERY PINE SANDPAPER (220 GRIT) SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 09260- GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA 5, WHERE STC -RATED ASSEMBLIES ARE REQUIRED, PROVIDE MATERIALS 4 CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO ASSEMBLIES WHOSE STC RATINGS WERE DETERMINED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 90 4 CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 413 BY A QUALIFIED C. INDEPENDENT TESTING: AGENCY. WHERE FIRE - RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLIES ARE REQUIRED, PROVIDE MATERIALS 4 CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO ASSEMBLIES TESTED ACCORDINGTO ASTM E 119 BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING 4 INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PART 2 - GENERAL 2.0 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED 4 FURRED CEILINGS COMPLYING W /ASTM C 645 4 ASTM C 154. 1. WIRE TIES: ASTM A 641, CLASS I ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 062" THK 2. HANGERS: WIRE, ASTM A641, CLASS. I ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, I2GA. 3. CARRYING CHANNELS: COLD- ROLLED STEEL, 1 •I/2" DEEP. 4. FURRING CHANNELS: STEEL STUDS, 3/4" DOUBLE LEG CONFIGURATION OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS 5, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED COATING COMPLYING W /ASTM A 653, G40. 6. DIRECT •HUNG GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR INTERIOR CEILINGS. 5. STEEL GRID FRAMING FOR PARTITIONS COMPLYING W /ASTM C 645. I. STUDS 4 RUNNERS: IN DEPTH INDICATED: 25GA. OR AS INDICATED. 2. RIGID HAT - SHAPED FURRING CHANNELS: IN DEPTH INDICATED 4 0,0119" THK, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3. FURRING BRACKETS: ADJUSTABLE SERRATED -ARM TYPE FABRICATED FROM CORROSION •RESISTANT STEEL SHEET 0.0329" THK. 4. RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS: 1/2" DEEP, W /SINGLE OR DOUBLE -LEG. 5. Z- FURRING: Z- SHAPED MEMBERS 11J/FACE FLANGE OF I -1/4" WALL - ATTACHMENT FLANGE OF 1/8 ", 4 IN DEPTH REQUIRED BY INSULATION. . 6. HOT -DIP GALVANIZED COATING COMPLYING W /ASTM A 653, G40. 2.2 - GYPSUM BOARD A. ACCESSORIES FOR INTERIOR INSTALLATION: CORNERBEND, EDGE TRIM, 4 CONTROL JOINTS COMPLYING W /ASTM C 1041, FORMED FROM STEEL SHEET ZINC COATED BY HOT -DIP PROCESS OR ROLLED ZINC OR PLASTIC. B. GYPSUM COARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: COMPLY W /ASTM C 415. PAPER REINFORCING TAPE 4 DRYING TYPE READY- MIXED, ALL PURPOSE COMPOUNDS. C. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: ANSI AII8.9, THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR EXPOSED 4 CONCEALED JOINTS: NONSAG, PAINTABLE, NONSTAINING LATEX SEALANT COMPLYING W /ASTM C 834. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 - INSTALLATION A. INSTALL STEEL FRAMING TO COMPLY W /ASTM C 154 4 W /ASTM C 840 REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLT TO FRAMING INSTALLATION I. ISOLATE STEEL FRAMING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE, EXCEPT FLOOR, TO PREVENT STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT FROM TRANSFERRING LOADING TO PARTITIONS. 2. WHERE STUDS ARE INSTALLED DIRECTLY AGAINST EXTERIOR WALLS, INSTALL ASPHALT FELT. STRIPS OR FOAM GASKETS BETWEEN STUDS t WALL. B. INSTALL 4 FINISH GYPSUM PANELS TO COMPLY W /ASTM C 840 4 GA -2I6 I. ISOLATE THE PERIMETER OF NON - LOAD - BEARING GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS WHERE THEY ABUT STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, EXCEPT FLOORS, PROVIDING A 1/4 -1/2" WIDE SPACE BETWEEN GYPSUM BOARD 4 STRUCTURE. TRIM EDGES W/U -BEAD EDGE TRIM WHERE EDGES OF GYPSUM PANELS. ARE EXPOSED. SEAL JOINTS BETWEEN EDGES 4 ABUTTING STRUCTURAL SURFACES W/ ACOUSTICAL SEALANT 2. WHERE STC -RATED GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ARE REQUIRED, COMPLY W/ ASTM C 919 FOR LOCATION OF EDGE TRIM 4 CLOSING OFF SOUND- FLANKING PATHS AROUND OR THROUGH GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES. 3. INSTALL CEMENTft1OUS BACKER UNITS TO COMPLY W /ANSI 4108.11. 4.SINGLE -LAYER FASTENING METHODS: FASTEN GYPSUM PANELS TO SUPPORTS W /SCREWS S.MULTILAYER FASTENING METHODS: FASTEN BASE LAYERS W /SCREWS 4 FACE LAYERS TO BASE LAYERS W /ADHESIVE 4 FACE LAYERS TO BASE LAYERS W /ADHESIVE 4 SUPPLEMENTARY FASTENERS. END OF SECTION 09260 SECTION 09271 GYPSUM FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1,1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA 4 SHOP DRAWINGS B. SURFACE- BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: ASTM E84, FLAME - SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS 4 SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 450 OR LESS. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS W /APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING 4 INSPECTING AGENCY. 03 rVIEWED FO E COMPLIANCE APPPUFFiD �MAR 0 9 2010 ity of T ukjila DIIN G DIVIP,If m RECEIVED 3 FEB 04 2010 PERMIT CENTER JAN 19 2010 REVISIONS BY 3408 k`_G STERED ARCHITECT * 24, DAVID A. UD .ow STATE OF WASHINGTON N 0 in I QQ to co v ZM r 0 3 Er 4 0=1 7 4 2 u a co fir' O 4Z 2 W �,, 0rIZ 0 r (n O. 14 '410 s'17', PROJECT' SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE *440 984/ 986. SOUTHCENTER: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE' SPECIFICATIONS Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" . 1' -0" Drawn B. MARTEENEY Job Sheet . SP-1 Of Sheeis PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS REINFORCED - GYPSUM FABRICATIONS A.CUSTOM FABRICATED ROUND COLUMN COVER B.(WHERE OCCURS) 2.2 FABRICATION A. FABRICATE UNITS AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE TO MINIMIZE JOINTS, W /SMOOTH FINISHED SURFACES, 4 W/THE FOLLOWING DIMENSIONAL. TOLERANCES: I. EDGE STRAIGHTNESS: +/- I /I6" 2. OVERALL ASSEMBLED DIMENSION: +/- I /4 ". 3. CHORDS, RADII, 4 DIAMETERS: +/- 1/4 ". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ,GLASS - REINFORCED GYPSUM UNITS LEVEL, TRUE, 4 ALIGNED W/ ADJACENT MATERIALS. USE CONCEALED 51-41MS WHERE REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT. B. INSTALL TO THE FOLLOWING TOLERANCES: 1. PLANE ALIGNMENT: (PANEL TO PANEL): 1/8" 2.DEFLECTION: NOT GREATER THAN THE LENGTH OF THE ASSEMBLY DIVIDED BY 240. 3.JOINT ALIGNMENT: NOT MORE THAN I /8 ", 4.JOINT WIDTH: NOT MORE THAN 1/4 ". C. PATCH FASTENER HOLES W/BEDDING COMPOUND APPLIED FLUSH W/FINISI -I FACE. SAND PATCH SMOOTH 4 LEVEL. D. ATTACH PIECES JOINTS TO COMPLY W /ASTM C 840. PROVIDE SMOOTH 4 CONTIGUOUS SURFACES. E. FINISH JOINTS TO COMPLY W /ASTM C 840. PROVIDE SMOOTH 4 CONTIGUOUS SURFACES. END OF SECTION 09271 SECTION 09305 ETAL FLOO TRIM PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3.2 TRANSITION STRIPS A. METAL EDGE STRIPS. PROVIDE ANODIZED ALUMINUM EDGE STRIP W/ 1/8" REVEAL I TOP EDGE 4 INTEGRAL PROVISION FOR ANCHORAGE TO SUBSTRATE. HEIGHTS TO MATCH TILE, STONE, OR MARBLE THICKNESS. CTC14 FOR 1/4" HEIGHT, CTCI132 FOR 5/16" 4 CTC38 FOR 3/8" HEIGHT. B. METAL EDGE STRIPS. PROVIDE ANODIZED, ALUMINUM EDGE STRIP W/ I /8" REVEAL to TOP EDGE 4 INTEGRAL PROVISION FOR ANCHORAGE TO SUBSTRATE. HEIGHTS TO MATCH TILE, STONE, OR MARBLE THICKNESS, CTCI4 FOR 1/4" HEIGHT, CTCII32 FOR 5/I6" 4 CTC38 FOR 3/8" HEIGHT. STONE/TILE TO CARPET 4 VINYL TO CARPET TRANSITION. PROVIDE ANIDOZED ALUMINUM. EDGE STRIP W /i/4" REVEAL a. TOP EDGE, FOR CARPET PROTECTION 4 INTEGRAL PROVISION FOR ANCHORAGE TO SUBSTRATE. HEIGHTS TO MATCH TILE, STONE OR MARBLE, THICKNESS. CTC38CT FOR 3/8" HEIGHT ORCTC1132CT FOR 11/32" HEIGI -IT. C. ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS AS INDICATED ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. MANUFACTURER: PART 3 - EXECUTION A. METAL TRIMS 4 TRANSTIONS: PROVIDE PREFABRICATED CTC JOINT AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS 4 TO COMPLY W/DETAILS, AND IF NOT SHOWN 4 DETAILED, LOCATIONS TO COMPLY W /RECOMMENDATIONS IN "TCA HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION" VERTICAL 4 HORIZONTAL JOINT DESIGN ESSENTIALS EJI11 -98. B. PROVIDE SMOOTH SHAPES AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN. C. PROTECT METAL TRIM FROM THE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. END OF SECTION 30 SECTION 09385 METAL FLO • R TRIM _ .ART 1 GENE , L 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA 4 MATERIAL SAMPLES. B. STONE TILES: MINIMUM ABRASIVE HARDNESS OF 10, AS DETERMINED PER ASTM C 241. C. STONE TILES: STATIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION OF MINIMUM 0.6, AS DETERMINED PER ASTM C 1028. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 - DIMENSION STONE TILE A. GRANITE DIMENSION STONE TILE: ASTM C 615 TYPES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. LIMESTONE DIMENSION STONE: ASTM C 568, CATEGORY 11 (MEDIUM DENSITY)* TYPES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION 09385 SECTION 09638 STONE PAVING & FLOORING PART .1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS B' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A. STATIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: MINIMUM C VALUE PER ASTM C 1028 OF 0.6 ON FLAT SURFACES 4 0.8 ON RAMPS. B, SUBMIT GROUT SAMPLES SHOWING THE FULL RANGE OF COLORS AVAILABLE. C. SUBMIT STONE SAMPLES AT LEAST 12" SQUARE. INCLUDE 2 OR MORE SAMPLES IN EACH SET SHOWING NE FULL RANGE OF VARIATIONS IN APPEARANCE. D. p0 NOT SET STONE FLOORING WHEN AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 50 DEGREES F (I0 DEG C). PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.1 STONE A. FLAGSTONE: SOLNHOFEN "FOSSILSTONE" QUARRY ROUGH B. PATTERN: RANDOM, POLYGONAL PATTERN COMPOSED OF UNITS NOT LESS THAN I SQ. FT. OR C. MORE THAN 3 SQ. FT, IN AREA. 2.2 MORTAR & GROUT A. LATEX - MODIFIED PORTLAND CEMENT SETTING MORTAR: PROPORTION 4 MIX PORTLAND CEMENT, AGGREGATE, 4 LATEX ADDITIVE TO COMPLY WIN WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF LATEX ADDITIVE MANUFACTURER. LATEX- MODIFIED PORTLAND CEMENT SETTING MORTAR: PROPORTION 4 MIX PORTLAND CEMENT, AGGREGATE, 4 LATEX ADDITIVE TO COMPLY WIN WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF LATEX ADDITIVE MANUFACTURER. 1. LATEX ADDITIVE: MAPEI KERALASTIC. B. SAND PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT: ANSI AI08.10 C. LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT: ANSI AI18.6. 1, USE SANDED GROUT* COLOR TO MATCH STONE. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. CUT STONE TO FIT STONE PATTERN INDICATED 4 TO MINIMIZE FIELD CUTTING. B. CUT STONE TO PRODUCE JOINTS W/,4 MINIMUM OF 1/4: 4 A MAXIMUM OF I (ONE)" WIDTH. C. PATTERN ARRANGEMENT: FABRICATE 4 ARRANGE STONE UNITS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS 4 DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. REMOVE SUBSTANCES FROM CONCRETE SUBSTRATES NAT COULD IMPAIR MORTAR BOND, INCLUDING CURING 4 SEALING COMPOUNDS, FORM OIL, 4 LAITANCE, B.EXECUTE STONEWORK BY SKILLED MECHANICS EXPERIENCED WIN NE KIND 4 FORM OF STONE 4 INSTALLATION METHOD INDICATED C..FIELD -CUT STONE AS NECESSARY TO FIT OBSTRUCTIONS. PRODUCE NEAT JOINTS. 3.2 - INSTALLING STONE A.SATURATE CONCRETE W /CLEAN WATER BEFORE PLACING SETTING BED. REMOVE SURFACE WATER BEFORE PLACING SETTING BED. B.APPLY CEMENT -PASTE SLUSH COAT BEFORE PLACING SETTING BED. LIMIT AREA OF SLUSH COAT TO AVOID ITS DRYING OUT. DO NOT EXCEED 1 /I6" THICKNESS FOR SLUSH COAT. C.SPREAD 4 SCREED SETTING BED TO UNIFORM THICKNESS * ELEVATIONS REQUIRED FOR ACCURATE SETTING OF STONE. MIX 4 PLACE ONLY AS MUCH MORTAR SETTING BED AS CAN BE COVERED W /STONE BEFORE INITIAL SET D.PLACE STONE BEFORE INITIAL SET OF CEMENT OCCURS. APPLY 1/16", SLURRY BOND COAT TO BACK OF EACH STONE. E.TAMP 4 BEAT STONE TO OBTAIN FULL CONTACT W /SETTING BED. SET EACH UNIT IN A SINGLE OPERATION BEFORE INITIAL SET OF MORTAR. F. VERTICAL DIMENSION FROM STONE TO STONE SHALL EXCEED ADA REQUIREMENTS. 3.3 - GROUTING STONE PAVING & FLOORING A. GROUT STONE JOINTS TO COMPLY W /ANSI A108.10 4 MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. B. GROUT JOINTS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER INITIAL SET OF SETTING BED. FORCE GROUT INTO JOINTS, TAKING CARE NOT TO SMEAR GROUT ON ADJOINING STONE 4 OTHER SURFACES. AFTER INITIAL SET OF GROUT, FINISH JOINTS BY TOOLING TO PRODUCE A SLIGHTLY CONCAVE POLISHED JOINT, FREE FROM DRYING CRACKS. 2.2 DIMENSION STONE TILE SETTING & REGROUTING MATERIALS A. MATERIALS COMPLYING W /ANSI STANDARDS. 8. MAPE1 "ULTRA/FLEX 11" MORTAR 4 KER 800 UNSANDED POLYMER - MODIFIED GROUT FOR SMALL JOINTS 2 .3 - ACCE 1 A. SETTING -BED ACCESSORIES: COMPLYING W /ANSI B. A108.IA AND AS FOLLOWS: 1.CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE: ASPHALT FELT, ASTM D 226, TYPE I (NO.15) OR POLYETHYLENE SHEETING ASTM D 4391, 4.0 MILS TWK. B. CEMENTITIOUS SACKER UNITS: COMPLYING 111/ANSI AII8.9, OF THICKNESS INDICATED. C. FLOOR SEALER: COLORLESS, SLIP -AND STAIN RESISTANT, NON AFFECTING COLOR OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF STONE SURFACES. D. REQUIRED FLOOR SEALER: '"5I1 IMPREGNATOR BY MIRACLE SEALANT COMPANY. MUST CURE FOR A MINIMUM OF 12 -24 HOURS. WEBSITE WWW.MIRACLESEALANT.COM. COLORLESS, SLIP AND STAIN- RESISTANT SEALER NOT AFFECTING COLOR OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF STONE SURFACES. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 - INSTALLATION A. COMPLY W/PARTS OF ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS IN "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE" NAT APPLY TO TYPES OP SETTING 4 GROUTING MATERIALS 4 TO METHODS INDICATED. B. COMPLY W/TCA'S "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION." C. APPLY SEALER TO CLEANED STONE TILE FLOORING ACCORDING TO SEALER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 3.4 - CLEANING A. CLEAN STONE PAVING 4 FLOORING AS WORK e,. PROGRESSES. REMOVE MORTAR FINS 4 SMEARS BEFORE TOOLING JOINTS. C. CLEAN STONE PAVING 4 FLOORING AFTER SETTING 4 GROUTING ARE COMPLETE. APPLY SEALER TO CLEANED STONE FLOORING. END OF SECTION 09638 SECTION 09666 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. SAMPLES: SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR COLORS 4 PATTERNS 8, CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. I. MAINTENANCE DATA: SUBMIT MAINTENANCE C. DATA FOR MATERIALS. INCLUDE METHODS FOR MAINTAINING INSTALLED PRODUCTS, AND PRECAUTIONS AGAINST CLEANING MATERIALS 4 METHODS DETRIMENTAL TO PERFORMANCE. 2. WARRANTY: SUBMIT WARRANTY DOCUMENTS. QUALIFICATIONS: I. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER EXPERIENCED (MIN. 5 YEARS) TO PERFORM WORK WHO HAS SPECIALIZED IN NE INSTALLATION OF WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WWO IS ACCEPTABLE TO PRODUCT MFR. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: I. FIRE PERFORMANCE CNARACTERICS: PROVIDE LINOLEUM FLOORING W/THE FOLLOWING FIRE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: A. CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX: CLASS 1 RATING PER NFPA 253 (ASTM E 648X.45)IUATTS /CM2 OR GREATER). B. SMOKE DENSITY: LESS THAN 450 PER ASTM E 662 (NFPA 258) 1.03 DELIVERY, ST - . GE, & HANDLING A. ORDERING: COMPLY W/MFR'S ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS. B. PACKING, SHIPPING, HANDLING, AND UNLOADING: DELIVER MATERIALS IN MFR'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED, UNDAMAGED CONTAINERS WI IDENTIFICATION LABELS INTACT. C. STORAGE 4 PROTECTION; STORE MATRERIALS IN TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS: 68 DEGREES F (20 c) FOR 12 HOURS PRIOR TO, DURING 4 AFTER INSTALLATION. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS/ SITE CONDITONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS CONDITIONS: PER MFR'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AREAS TO RECEIVE FLOORING SHALL BE CLEAN, FULLY ENCLOSE, WEATHER TIGHT 4 MAINTAINED 6 A UNIFORM TEMPERATURE OF AT LEAST 68 DEGREES F. (20 C) FOR 12 HOURS PRIOR TO, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION. CONDITION FLOORING MATERIALS FOR NE SAME UNIFORM TEMPERATURES. STORAGE 4 PROTECTION: STORE MATRERIALS IN TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS: 68 DEGREES F (20 c) FOR 12 HOURS PRIOR TO, DURING 4 AFTER INSTALLATION. 1.05 SEQUENCING & SCHEDULING A. CONCRETE CURING: DO NOT INSTALL FLOORING OVER CONCRETE SUBSTRATES UNTIL SUBSTRATES HAVE CURED 4 ARE DRY TO BOND WI ADHESIVE AS DETERMINED SY FLOORING MFR'S RECOMMENDED BOND 4 MOISTURE TEST. 1.06 WARRANTY A. MFR'S WARRANTY: SUBMIT, FOR OWNERS ACCEPTANCE, MFR'S WARRANTY DOCUMENT EXCECUTED BY AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL. MFR'S WARRANTY IS IN .ADDITION TO, AND NOT A LIMITATION OF, OTHER RIGHTS OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER NE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. I. ISSUE WARRANTY IN NE LEGAL NAME OF NE PROJECT OWNER 2. 5 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY COMMENCING ON DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 3. OWNER IS SOLE AUTHORITY WWO WILL DETERMINE ACCEPTABILITY OF MFR'S WARRANTY DOCUMENTS. END OF SECTION 09666 GENERAL NOTES I. ARCHITECT WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CHANGES IN PLANS, DETAILS OR SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS APPROVED IN ADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND SE MADE RESPONSIBLE FOR. ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN AND A WRITTEN CHANGE ORDER SHALL BE ISSUED BEFORE MAKING ANY CHANGES AT NE JOB SITE. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WIN ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODE AND SAFETY ORDINANCES IN EFFECT AT NE PLACE OF BUILDING. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLIYING ONLY NOSE MATERIALS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY NE LOCAL BUREAU OF BUILDING INSPECTIONS. 5. ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN NE DRAWINGS AND SITE CONDITIONS SHALL 5E IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO NE ATTENTION OF NE ARCHITECT AND CORRECTED AS DIRECTED. 6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING AND SUPPORT AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN NE INTEGRITY AND SAFETY OF NE EXISTING STRUCTURE DURING MODIFICATIONS. 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD OR FACE OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY AT WALLS OR FACE OF FINISHED SURFACE AT CABINETRY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE GENERAL SWEEPING AND PERIODIC DISPOSAL SERVICE FOR NE LEGAL REMOVAL OF WASTE AND RUBBISH FROM NE SITE. PROVIDE A DUST BARRIER AT NE PERIMETER OF NE BUILDING TO CONTAIN DUST FOR ACTIVITIES PRODUCING HIGH AMOUNTS OF DUST. 9. BY ACCEPTING AND USING THESE DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR AGREES NAT HE SHALL ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE JOB SITE SAFETY INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY: NAT THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY CONTINOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS AND NAT NE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD NE OWNER AND NE ARCHITECT HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY, REAL OR ALLEGED IN CONNECTION WIN NE PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THIS PROJECT. EXCEPTING FOR LIABILITY ARISING FROM NE SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF NE OWNER OR NE ARCHITECT. 10. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES TWAT HE HAS THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZED HIMSELF WIN THE BUILDING SITE CONDITIONS, GRADES, ETC., WIN NE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, WITH NE DELIVERY FACILITIES AND ALL OTHER MATTERS AND CONDITIONS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE OPERATION AND COMPLETION OF NE WORK AND ASSUME ALL RISK THEREFROM. 11. ALL EXISTING WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILING AT REMOVED NEW OR MODIFIED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PATCHED AS REQUIRED TO MAKE SURFACES WHOLE, SOUND AND TO MATCH THE EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, EXEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. 12. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A STOREFRONT BARRICADE AS PER MALL SPECIFICATIONS. 13. CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WIN FASHION SHOW MALL CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE, BONDING, LETTER OF CREDIT, LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHER GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NAT MAY BE ASKED FOR BY THE FASHION SHOW MALL MANAGEMENT OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVES. 14, TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND /OR REPAINT LANDLORD PROPERTY (I.E. NEUTRAL PIERS, BULKHEADS, REAR CORRIDORS, ETC.) AND ALL OTHER DAMAGE CAUSED BY TENANT'S CONTRACTOR TO LANDLORDS PROPERTY. I. NO LANDLORD WORK IS REQUIRED IN THIS SPACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUESTED BY LANDLORD OF THE CONTRACTOR OR AS NOTED IN EXECUTED LEASE. 16. NO BUILDING MATERIALS CONTAINIG ANY AMOUNTS OF ASBESTOS SHALL BE USED IN CONSTRUCTION OF THIS SPACE. CONTRACTOR AND DESIGNER OF THIS PROJECT SHALL PROVIDE A LETTER TO LANDLORD CERTIFYING THAT NO ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS WERE USED IN CONSTRUCTION OF THIS SPACE. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP ON NE PREMISES LANDLORDS APPROVED SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AS WELL AS CITY OF LAS VEGAS APPROVED PERMIT SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, BUILDING PERMIT CARD AND OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS. I. NE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP TO MODIFY AND EXTEND NE EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO SUITE NEW CONDITION AND SHALL PREPARE HYDRAULIC CALCULATION AND SWOP DRAWINGS IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH NE LATEST RULES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES ENFORCED FOR WORK PERFORMED IN LAS VEGAS, NV. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE FASHION SHOW MALL AND NE FIRE MARSHALL' FOR APPROVAL AND REQUIRED PERMITS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2, EACH TENANT SPACE IS REQUIRED TO SE EQUIPPED WIN ONE OR MORE U.L. LISTED SMOKE DETECTORS. COORDINATE WITH ON -SITE OPERATION MANAGER. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT TO BE LIMITED TO: 1. LOCATION OF EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD GRID WITH MAIN AND BRANCH PIPE SIZES. 2 LOCATION OF RELOCATED HEAD AND BRANCH PIPING. 3. TEMPERATURE RATING OF ALL HEADS. 4, FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION. 4. SPRINKLER HEADS AT STOREFRONT AND DISPLAY WINDOWS MUST BE FLUSH TYPE WIN COVER PLATES PAINTED TO MATCH NE ADJACENT CEILING COLOR. SALES AREA MUST WAVE SEMI RECESSED HEADS WIN ESCUTCHEON RINGS PAINTED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT CEILING COLOR. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE NOTES GENERAL NOTES I. THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE HAS BEEN GENERATED BASED ON A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING OF RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN THE OWNER AND TWE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE ARCHITECT OR PROJECT COORDINATOR MAY NOT BE HELD LIABLE SHOULD ANY DISPUTE RESULT FROM THIS SCHEDULE. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE TI-4E LAY -OUT AND INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FOR ALL OWNER PROVIDED ITEMS. NE OWNER'S VENDOR SHALL INSTALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS WHERE INDICATED. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE NE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPO LISTED AS BEING' SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. SIBLE TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ANY ITEMS NOT DIVISION/ ITEM/ DESCRIPTION FURNISHED INSTALLED REMARKS g DIVISION I: GENERAL DATA PERMITS, FEES 4 INSURANCE TEMPORARY UTILITIES 0 0 COORDINATE WIN PERMIT EXPEDITOR. 0 PROFESSIONAL CLEANING 0 CLEANED PRIOR TO PUNCH LIST AND AGAIN BEFORE OPENING. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 0' 0 DUMPSTERS 4 TRASH BINS 0 0 COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. DIVISION 2: SITEWORK DEMOLITION 0 BARRICADES/BARRIER 0 COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND LANDLORD. REVISIONS BY BLDG DEPT REV- 2 -22 -10 3408 REGISTERS ARC-I ITC - O 10 ,€,A/ DA I Aim( N STATE OF WASHiNGTO J 1 DIVISION 3: CONCRETE CONCRETE TOPPING /LEVELING /SLAB CONCRETE CUTTING AND CORING DIVISION 4: MASONRY NO WORK UNDER THIS DIVISIONS DIVISION 5: METALS METAL FRAMING 0 SHEET METAL BACKING 0 MIN, GA. FOR ALL BACKING IS 20 GA. COLD ROLLED CHANNELS (CLG. SYSTEMS) 0 0 METAL COLUMN ENCLOSURES STRUCTURAL STEEL (T.S./PLATES/ETC.) 0 ORNAMENTAL 0 0 DIVISION 6: WOOD 4 PLASTICS FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER/PLYWOOD 0 UNLOAD AND UNCRATE FIXTURES 0 CUSTOM WALL FIXTURES 4 CABINETS 0 CASHWRAP 4 DISPLAY FIXTURES 0 0 CUSTOM FLOOR FIXTURES 0 0 SHOE BENCH(ES) (WHEN OCCUR) 0 0 MERCHANDISE DISPLAY STANDARDS 0 0 STOREFRONT PLATFORMS 0 0 DIVISION 1: THERMAL '4 MOISTURE PROTECTION INSULATION WHERE NOTED. ROOF PENETRATION, CURB, FLASHING 0 REFER TO MECH. DWGS. AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. SEALANTS AND CAULKING SPRAY -ON FIRE PROOFING (PATCH AND REPAIR; 0 0 WHEN APPLICABLE. DIVISION 8: DOORS 4 WINDOWS A. DOORS INTERIOR DOORS 4 FRAMES 0 0 RATED WOOD OR METAL DOORS 4 FRAMES 0 0 REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. METAL CEILING ACCESS PANEL(S) 0 B. HARDWARE AND SPECIALTIES MINIMUM OF 24" x 24 ". DOOR HARDWARE 0 0 REFER TO HARDWARE GROUPS ON SP-I. MASTERKEY SYSTEMS 0 0 SEST' CYLINDERS, CORES SY G.C. 1 PIN CORE AND CORE KEY TO OWNER. C. GLAZING STOREFRONT TEMPERED GLAZING 0 STOREFRONT GLAZING CLIP 0 MIRRORS (GENERAL) 0 0 DIVISION 9: FINISHES INTERIOR PARTITIONS - FRAMING 4 GYP. BD. 0 REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND. RATED PARTITIONS - FRAMING 4 GYP. SD. 0 0 DEMISING PARTITIONS -GYP. BD. ONLY 0 REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND, REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND / STUDS BY LANDLORD U.ON. STOREFRONT- FRAMING 4 GYP. BD. 0 0 NEUTRAL PIER - FRAMING /GYP. BD./FACING (EXISTING) COLUMN ENCLOSURES 0 SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING 4 FRAMING 0 0 VENEER PLASTER 0 0 VINYL -SHEET VINYL FLOORING 4 BASE/VINYL TILE STONE /HARD SURFACES 0 WAINSCOT (FRP) 0 REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. MALL TILE 0 0 WHEN REQUIRED, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE. DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES STOREFRONT SIGN / SIGNAGE 0 0 GC SHALL COORDINATE WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR. ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE 0 ADA SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 0 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. GRAB BARS AND RESTROOM MIRROR 0 0 DIVISION II: EQUIPMENT NO WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS SALES AREA FURNITURE MISC. HARDWARE AND MERCHANDISE DISPLAY :iii DIVISIONS 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NO WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION DIVISIONS 14: CONVEYING SYSTEMS NO WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL WVAC HEATING 4 COOLING EQUIPMENT REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. WVAC DUCT WORK 0 REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. FIRE SPRINKLERS 0 G.C. SHALL INCLUDE DESIGN, SHOP DWGS., AND PERMIT. FIRE 4 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS 0 PLUMBING, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS 0 REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. SMOKE DETECTORS WATER/SEWER TO LEASE SPACE 0 HOOK -UP BY G.G. EXHAUST FANS AND VENTS 0 HOOK -UP TO EXISTING MALL P.O.C. OR PROVIDE NEW, SUPPLY 4 RETURN AIR REGISTERS 0 REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. DIVISION 16: ELECTRICAL A. LIGHTING INCANDESCENT/ DECORATIVE/FLUORESCENT 0 G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR. NEON 0 PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR/G.C. SHALL COORDINATE. B. POWER SYSTEMS MAIN SERVICE CONDUIT (TO LEASE SPACE) 0 0 G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY. MAIN SERVICE WIRING 0 0 REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. TENANT'S DISTRIBUTION PANEL(S) / TRANSFORME 0 REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. OUTLETS, SWITCHES, CONDUITS 0 0 INCLUDING WIRING, CASHWRAP, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ALL FINAL FIXTURE CONNECTIONS C. TELEPHONE PROJECT. w co d CO W W Z LL OOZ O uj #_� CE lij wU a Z�oc W V, w tp Q =Zo- O Woo D CO I-- CO I-- TEL. CONDUITS JUNCTION BOX 4 PULL STRING CABLING AND OUTLETS BY OWNER'S VENDOR, G.C. TO COORDINATE TELEPHONE SYSTEMS 0 GC: SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR. D. SECURITY SYSTEM CONDUITS AND PULL STRING EQUIPMENT AND HOOK -UP E. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CONDUITS AND PULL STRING STEREO SYSTEM AND SPEAKERS SPEAKER WIRE 0 GC, SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SECURITY VENDOR. 01 I 0 I G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SECURITY VENDOR. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 0 CONDUIT BY G.G. WHEN REQUIRED, F. SENSORMATIC SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT G. P.O.S. EQUIPMENT 01 EQUIPMENT AND CABLES CONNECTION OF PRE -WIRED COMPUTER H. BUZZER AND EQUIPMENT REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 11 I I 0 REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. BUZZER 1 I . 1 I REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. RE MEW ®: E COR D, O NCE 920`I0 City o BUILDING Driimm ECEIVED ED MAR 012010 PERMIT CENTER FEB `1' 2010 z 0 La J ~ < L. LL W V • W CO Date I -I4 -10 Scale 1 /4" n I' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet SP-2 Of Sheets GENERAL CONDITIONS REVISIONS BY 1. FIELD CONDITIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AS WELL AS ALL DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION. ANY VARIATION FROM CONDITIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 2. COORDINATION OF WORK TINE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE A FULL TIME :FOREMAN IN CHARGE OF THE WORK, WHO SHALL BE ON TI-4E JOB EACH DAY TO PLAN THE SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK, LAYOUT AND DIRECT THE WORK, AND CALL FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. HE SHALL ALSO REPORT ON THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND MAINTAIN A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. THE CHARACTER AND SCOPE OF THE WORK ARE ILLUSTRATED BY THE WORKING DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE ALL THE DRAWINGS AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK AND PROPER CONSIDERATION FOR THE WORK OF OTHERS AND EXISTING SHOPPING CENTER CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT PLACE DUCTS, PIPING, CONDUIT OR ANY OBSTRUCTIONS: AS TO IMPAIR REQUIRED CEILING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACES AND SWOPPING CENTER FACILITIES. 3.1=3UILDING CODES AND REGULATIONS ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FILE, PAY FOR, OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS TO PERFORM THE WORK. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED APPROVALS FROM GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES INVOLVED PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. APPROVALS BY LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIALS SHALL BE OBTAINED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. 4. INSURANCE A. CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE, PAY FOR, AND MAINTAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FIXTURE WORK WITHIN LEASED PREMISES, ALL OF THE INSURANCE POLICIES AND IN THE AMOUNT AS SET FORTH HEREIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT COMMENCE ANY WORK UNTIL REQUIRED INSURANCE 1445 BEEN OBTAINED AND CERTIFICATES OF SAME HAVE BEEN DELIVERED TO THE LANDLORD AND TENANT. LANDLORD MUST BE NAMED AS "ADDITIONAL INSURED ". CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE SHALL COVER ALL WORK PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR, EACH OF H15 SUBCONTRACTORS AND ALL MAJOR SUPPLIERS. B. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS' REQUIRED MINIMUM COVERAGE AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY SHALL BE: I. WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE - IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GOVERNING LAWS WITH A LIMIT OF NOT LESS THAN $2,000,000.00 AND ANY INSURANCE REQUIRED BY ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFITS ACTS, ETC. AS WILL PROTECT THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS FROM 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND FURNISH TO TENANT AND LANDLORD CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE WI-11C1-1 WILL PROTECT SAID CONTRACTOR FROM CLAIMS: \'S COMPENSATION ACTS AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS ACTS, WIN LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN $3,000,000.00 !II) FOR DAMAGES DUE TO BODILY INJURY, (INCLUDING DEATH) TO HIS (III) FOR DAMAGES TO PROPERTY WITH LIMITS OF $3,000,000.00 WHICH ARISE OUT OF OR RESULT FROM THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT, WHETHER SUCH WORK (INCLUDING OPERATION OF AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES) BE SY HIMSELF OR OTHERS DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY EITHER THE BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE IN C. INDEMNIFICATION - TO TWE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, NE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE LANDLORD, TENANT, AND THE ARCHITECT AND THEIR AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM NE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED TWAT ANY SUCH CLAIM DAMAGES, LOSS, OR EXPENSE, I) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH, OR TO INJURY OR TO THE DESTRUCTION OP TANGIBLE PROPERTY (OTHER THAN THE WORK ITSELF) INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM, AND (2) IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY A NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF NE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTORS, ANYONE DIRECTLY OR NDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY CAUSED IN PART A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. 5. LIEN WAIVERS AND SWORN. AFFIDAVITS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO OWNER WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER COMPLETION A CLOSE OUT PACKAGE TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: I. FINAL AND UNCONDITIONAL WAIVER OF LIEN FROM GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS PROPERLY NOTARIZED. 2. LETTER OF GUARANTEE ALSO NOTARIZED. 3. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. 4. AIR BALANCE REPORT. E. COMPLETE LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND TRADES WHO HAVE PERFORMED WORK RELATED TO CONTRACT INCLUDING ADDRESSES AND PHONE NUMBERS 6. BREAKDOWN LIST OF EXPENDITURES ACCORDING TO TRADES. 1. MALL INSPECTION PUNCH LIST SIGN -OFF. 8. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE FINISHED PRODUCT (I) ROLL OF (24) EXPOSURES. 6.QUALITY STANDARDS ALL SUCH WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A FIRST CLASS WORKMAN LIKE MANNER AND SHALL BE IN GOOD AND USABLE CONDITION AT THE TIME OF COMPLETION. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL WORK PERFORMED TO EE FREE FROM ANY AND ALL DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE THAT ALL CONSTRUCTION PUNCH LIST ITEMS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED AND ACCEPTANCE CONFIRMED IN WRITING BY THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR WITHOUT CHARGE FOR ANY AND ALL WORK DONE OR FURNISHED WHICH MAY BECOME DEFECTIVE WITHIN THIS ONE (I) YEAR PERIOD. CORRECTION OF SUCH WORK SHALL COVER WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE, ALL EXPENSES AND DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WIN SUCH REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT, OR REPAIR OF ANY PART OF THE WORK WHICH MAY BE DAMAGED OR DISTURBED THEREBY. ALL WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES AS TO MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITH RESPECT TO TENANT'S WORK SHALL BE CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT OR SUBCONTRACT WHICH SHALL INSURE TO THE BENEFIT OF BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT AS THEIR RESPECTIVE INTERESTS APPEAR AND CAN BE DIRECTLY ENFORCED. i, 1U513ER WHEEL CARTS (FLOOR PROTECTION) CONTRACTOR'S CARTS, EQUIPMENT BOXES, ETC., MUST HAVE RUBBER WHEELS. $.FIRE EXTINGU1SWERS - (10L13S. TYPE. AE3C) FURNISH AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR - MINIMUM 4A:60BC (I) AT ELECTRICAL PANEL AND (1) AT CASH .4 WRAP COUNTER. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ANY ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS WIN FIRE DEPT. A. SLAF (SEE DIVISION OF WORK SCHEDULE) 1 CONCRETE SLAB IS EXISTING. NE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY CUTTING OR CORING WITHIN THE DEMISED PREMISES, AS WELL AS FLASH PATCHING AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE A SMOOTH TRANSITION TO THE MALL FLOORING AND LEVELNESS THROUGHOUT THE SPACE IN ORDER TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR FINISHES. 2. NE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LEVEL EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB WITH DURABOND "DAP ", LATEX FORTIFIED SELF LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT (OR APPROVED EQUAL) APPLIED PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR T14I5 TYPE OF APPLICATION F. STOREFRONT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION AND COORDINATION OF WORK OF OTHER TRADES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE STOREFRONT INSTALLATION AS SHOWN ON NE DRAWINGS. ALL STOREFRONT GLASS SHALL BE 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMPERED OR SAFETY FLOAT GLASS. ANY HORIZONTAL SECTION (SEE PLAN) SHALL BE 1/2" LAMINATED GLASS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. TRANSOMS WHEN INDICATED ABOVE STOREFRONT SHALL BE 1/4" NICK LAMINATED CLEAR SAFETY GLASS. 2. ALL GLASS SHALL HAVE POLISHED EDGES AND TONG MARKS SHALL BE CONCEALED ON BOTTOM GLAZING. 3. GLAZING CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CLIPS ON ALL JOINTS. 4. PROVIDE ALL BRACKETS, ANCHORS AND REINFORCEMENTS. N APPEARANCE, WORK SHALL B> FREE FROM DEFECTS IMPAIRING STRENGTH OR DURABILITY. 5. STOREFRONT SIGN SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S SIGN CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL STRUCTURAL RODS AND COMPONENTS FOR SUPPORT OF SIGN. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SIGN WITH THE SIGN CONTRACTOR REGARDING PREPARATION OF SIGN ENCLOSURE AND FIELD MEASUREMENTS, AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WIN H15 OWN WORK SCHEDULE. I. DRY WALL I. ALL GYPSUM BOARD FOR THE FIRE RATED WALLS, E.G. DEMISING WALLS, SHALL BE FIRE CODE TYPE "X" BY U.S. GYPSUM OR EQUAL, EXTENDING FROM FLOOR TO DECK ABOVE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. SALES AREA WALLS WITH EXPOSED METAL STUDS THAT RECEIVE WALL MOUNTED DISPLAY FIXTURES SHALL RECEIVE 9" WIRE X 16 GAUGE METAL BLOCKING 15E14IND ONE LAYER OF 5/8" (SEE SHEET A -I0). 3. STOCK ROOM AND DRESSING PARTITIONS SHALL RECEIVE ONE LAYER OF 5/S" GYPSUM ON 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 24" O.C. STUDS SHALL EXTEND FULL HEIGHT TO DECK ABOVE AND GYPSUM BOARD SHALL EXTEND TO 6" ABOVE CEILING OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL WAVE USG"0I DUR -A -BEAD METAL CORNER BEADS, E. ALL GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS SHALL BE TAPED AND SPACKLED WITH (3) COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND. 6. ALL WOOD BLOCKING WHERE REQUIRED AND IF PERMITTED SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED, 1. ALL LUMBER AND PLYWOOD :SHALL BE TREATED (PRESSURE IMPREGNATION) TO COMPLY W1TIN U.L. REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS (AST(" I E-54). EACH PIECE OF WOOD SHALL BEAR THE U.L. LABEL INDICATING TREATMENT (U.L. RATING OF RG -5). LUMBER SHALL BE DRIED TO 15% MAXIMUM CONTENT AFTER TREATMENT. 9. RUE3}31SH REMOVAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAILY REMOVAL FROM THE SITE, ALL TRASH, RUBBISH. AND SURPLUS MATERIALS RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION, FIXTURING AND MERCHANDISING OF THE DEMISED PREMISES. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF DEBRIS WITH SHOPPING CENTER MANAGEMENT. 10. TEMPORARY UTI.ITIES CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE AND PAY FOR REQUIRED TEMPORARY UTILITIES. 11. TEMPORARY 53ARRICADE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADE AT MALL FRONT DURING PROJECT WORK. DESIGN SHALL BE APPROVED SY SHOPPING CENTER MGMT. 12. DRAWINGS A. DRAWING" ARE . NOT TO BE SCALED FOR INFORMATION B. A COPY OF THE LATEST CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT THE SITE FOR REVIEW. DRAWINGS SHALL BE STAPLED IN ONE NEAT SET, ATTACHED TO A FIXED LOCATION PER ARCHITECT, FOR THE DURATION OF THE WORK. C. ALL WORK EITHER IMPLIED OR REASONABLY INFERRED FROM TWE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR'S ATTENTION IS DIRECTED TO ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS INCLUSION OF ANY WORK BY MENTION, NOTE, DETAIL, OR ITEMIZATION OR IMPLICATION, HOWEVER BRIEF, MEANS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL. THE SAME WORK PERFORMED SHALL INCLUDE ALL APPURTENANCES AND APPARATUS DEEMED WITHIN INDUSTRY STANDARDS AS PART OF A COMPLETE PACKAGE. 13. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY TENANT CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE LANDLORD WITH A COPY OF TI-4E CERTIFICATE PRIOR TO TURNING SPACE OVER TO NE TENANT. 14.TIMELY COMPLETION OF. WORK THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST FULLY COMPLETE THE ENTIRE PROJECT WORK WITHIN THE AGREED CONSTRUCTION TIME FRAME. IF NOT COMPLETED WITHIN THE AGREED TIME FRAME FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER, G4G RETAIL, INC. MAY TAKE WHATEVER REASONABLE STEPS G4G RETAIL, INC. DEEMS APPROPRIATE TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND MAY DEDUCT ANY COST AND EXPENSES INCURRED IN SUCH COMPLETION FROM THE AMOUNT OWED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR K. PAINTING ANp WALL COVERING PAINT ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD WALLS, DOORS, AND TRIM IN STRICT ACCORD WITH NE PUBLISHED INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS OF THE MANUFACTURER FOR TWE MATERIAL AND AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. APPLY MINIMUM OF (1) PRIMER. 2. PAINTING CONTRACTOR MUST CONTACT SUPPLIER/MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 3 FINISHES A. PRIMER COAT -LATEX QUICK DRY PRIME SEAL FINISHED COAT (1) COAT WHITE. PAINT COLOR TO BE " 31902 AS MANUFACTURED BY BENJAMIN MOORE. CEILING - PAINT ALL EXPOSED GYP. BD. SURFACES, CONDUITS, STRUCTURES, . HVAC DIFFUSERS, ETC. ABOVE WITH LATEX FLAT FINISH. C. SOFFITS - PAINT ALL EXPOSED GYP. D. SURFACES WITH LATEX EGGSHELL FINISH. D. DOORS 4 TRIM - ALL METAL DOORS 4 TRIM TO BE PAINTED WITH AN OIL BASE SATIN FINISH: E. CONTRACTOR TO PAINT 2" HIGH STORE NAME (SWIEKW) SIGN LETTERS ON EXTERIOR OF RECEIVING DOOR AT 5 " -O" A.F.F. (LETTERS TO BE WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE 2" HIGH ADHESIVE BACKED LETTERS IN LIEU OF PAINTED LETTERS. N. TOILET ROOM ALL FIXTURES, PLUMBING LINES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO LANDLORD STUB -UP. CUT AND PATCH SLAB AND EXTEND PLUMBING LINES AS REQUIRED TO MEET TOILET LOCATION. ALL SLAB CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. HANDICAP TOILET ROOM (PER ADA / ANSI 4111.1 4 GOVERNING AUTHORITIES). WATER CLOSET - AMERICAN STANDARD .EL 3.5 "CADET" W/ 2108.40$ WHITE TANK AND !BOWL W/ •5311.012 WHITE SEAT TO MATCH. AVATORY - AMERICAN STANDARD • 0321.026 "DECYLN" WALL HUNG WHITE VITREOUS CHINA LAVATORY FAUCET - AMERICAN STANDARD 1 00 -110 "MONTERREY: CENTER SET WITH WRIST BLADE HANDLES HOT WATER HEATER - AA, SMITH MODEL DEL -6, 6 GALLON, COPPER CORE TANK 11i2 KW: 120V. FLOOR DRAIN ZURN *415 OR EQUAL NOTE: ALL WATER AND DRAINLINE PIPING BELOW LAVATORY SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHER PROTECTION TO USER PROVIDED. SEE THIS SHEET FOR ACCESSORIES 4 SWEET "M -I FOR PLUMBING PLAN. 0. WORK EBY OTHERS= GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL INSTALLATION DATES WITH TWE SUPPLIERS ASSIGNED INSTALLERS. 2. SIGNAGE (ILLUMINATED OR NON-ILLUMINATED) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. Q. PROTECTION of STORE: FIXTURES AND MATERIALS ON SITE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CARE, PROTECTION AND PREVENTION OF DAMAGE TO ALL MATERIALS AFTER DELIVERY TO JOB SITE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT MATERIALS IMMEDIATELY UPON ARRIVAL AT JOB SITE AND REPORT ANY DAMAGES OR SHORTAGES TO THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR SALES AREA 4 FITTING ROOM FLOORING AFTER INSTALLATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COVERING FOR CASH 4 WRAP COUNTER. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, TWE PREMISES SHALL BE FULLY CLEANED VACUUMED PRIOR TO DELIVERY OF STORE TO OWNER. THE CLEANING SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CHECK LIST ITEMS. REMOVE ALL EXCESS CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS. 2. REMOVE ALL PACKING CRATES AND BOXES. 3. CLEAN AND VACUUM FLOORS. 4. CLEAN ALL WORK SURFACES. B. DUST ALL DISPLAY FIXTURES. 6. CLEAN GLASS' AND MIRRORS. 1 REMOVE ALL EXCESS GLUE FROM PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACES, R. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (ONLY IF REQUIRED 1BY CODE 4 LANDLORD) IF REQUIRED, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE FIRE /SMOKE DETECTION AND ALARM SIGNALING SYSTEM, DESIGNED AND INSTALLED IN TOTAL CONFORMANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED t0, TWE FOLLOWING: A. MANUAL PULL STATIONS AT ALL EXIT DOORS. B. AREA SMOKE DETECTORS. C. AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS. D. SPRINKLER FLOW AND VALVE TROUBLE ALARMS. E. DUCT INSERTION SMOKE DETECTORS IN W��`/IAC UNITS. F. ZONE ADAPTER MODULE (ZAM) FOR TIE If�ITO MALL CENTRAL ALARM SYSTEM. WHERE THE MALL IS EQUIPPED WITH A CENTRAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, TENANT'S SYSTEM SHALL BE OF TWE SAME MANUFACTURER AND TYPE, AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ALL REQUIRED INTERFACE-DEVICES. NOTE: 1, ALL OMISSIONS ARE G.C. 4 SUB - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. 2. TENANTS G.C. MUST VISIT THE SITE TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DETERMINE SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO SUBMITTING SIP. TOILET ROOM ACCES IT : GENERAL NOTES: 1. ARCHITECT WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CHANGES IN PLANS, DETAILS OR SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS APPROVED IN ADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND BE MADE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN AND A WRITTEN CHANGE ORDER SHALL BE ISSUED BEFORE MAKING ANY CHANGES AT THE JOB SITE. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND SAFETY ORDINANCES IN EFFECT AT THE PLACE OF BUILDING. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLYING ONLY THOSE MATERIALS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE LOCAL BUREAU OF BUILDING INSPECTIONS. 5. ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND CORRECTED AS DIRECTED. 6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING AND SUPPORT AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY AND SAFETY OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE DURING MODIFICATIONS. 1, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD OR FACE OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY AT WALLS OR FACE OF FINISHED SURFACE AT CABINETRY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. S. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE GENERAL SWEEPING AND PERIODIC DISPOSAL SERVICE FOR THE LEGAL REMOVAL OF WASTE AND RUBBISH FROM THE SITE. PROVIDE A DUST BARRIER AT THE PERIMETER OF THE BUILDING TO CONTAIN DUST FOR ACTIVITIES PRODUCING HIGH AMOUNTS OF DUST. 9. BY ACCEPTING AND USING THESE DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE SHALL ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE JOB SITE SAFETY INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY: THAT THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS AND THAT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY, REAL OR ALLEGED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THIS PROJECT. EXCEPTING FOR LIABILITY ARISING FROM THE SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE OWNER OR TWE ARCHITECT. 10,CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZED I- IIMSELF WITH THE BUILDING SITE CONDITIONS GRADES, ETC., WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, WIN THE DELIVERY FACILITIES AND ALL OTHER MATTERS AND CONDITIONS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE OPERATION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK AND ASSUME ALL RISK THEREFROM. 11, ALL EXISTING WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILING AT REMOVED NEW OR MODIFIED CONSTRUCTION SHALL 15E PATCHED AS REQUIRED TO MAKE SURFACES WHOLE, SOUND AND TO MATCH THE EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. 12. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND OR REPAINT LANDLORD PROPERTY (I.E. NEUTRAL PIERS, BULKHEADS REAR CORRIDORS ETC.) AND ALL OTHER DAMAGE CAUSED BY TENANT'S CONTRACTOR TO LANDLORD'S PROPERTY. 13, NO BUILDING MATERIALS CONTAINING ANY AMOUNTS OF ASBESTOS SHALL BE USED IN CONSTRUCTION OF THIS SPACE. CONTRACTOR AND DESIGNER OF THIS PROJECT SHALL PROVIDE A LETTER TO LANDLORD CERTIFYING THAT NO ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS WERE USED IN CONSTRUCT OF THIS SPACE. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP ON THE PREMISES LANDLORD'S APPROVED APPROVED SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWING AS WELL AS BUILDING DEPT. APPROVED PERMIT SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWING, BUILDING PERMIT CARD AND OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS, �1\ BLDG DEPT REV- 2 -22 -I0 SHOP DRAWINGS / SEPARATE PERMIT: SIGN II" DEEP ALUM. SQ. TUBE CABINET WITH NO VISIBLE FASTENERS. CABINET TO 5E SKINNED 4 FINISHED ON FRONT/BACK SIDES WITH .040" BRUSHED ALUM. (FLAT FACE SIGN). PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE TENANT AND LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL AND TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES. CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN ANY REQUIRED SEPARATE PERMITS, SIGN MUST BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LEASE EXHIBIT. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND PROVIDE SWOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW BY TENANT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO FABRICATION, SWOP DRAWINGS MUST BE FULLY DIMENSIONED (INDICATING SIGN PANELS, INDIVIDUAL LETTER AND OVERALL SIGN LENGTHS AND HEIGHTS) AND INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION I. MATERIAL DESIGNATION AND COLOR SAMPLE 2. LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS 3. ACTUAL LETTER STYLE AND TYPE. DETAILED DRAWINGS INDICATING PRECISE SIGN LOCATION ON THE STOREFRONT AND THE LOCATION OF ALL CONCEALED HARDWARE AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING TRANSFORMERS AND ACCESS PANELS. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM NOTES: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP TO MODIFY AND EXTEND THE EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO SUITE NEW CONDITIONS AND SHALL PREPARE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS IN FULL ACCORDANCE WIN THE LATEST RULES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES ENFORCED FOR WORK PERFORMED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE MALL OWNER AND THE FIRE MARSHAL FOR APPROVAL AND REQUIRED PERMITS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK EACH TENANT SPACE IS REQUIRED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH ONE OR MORE U.L. LISTED SMOKE DETECTORS. COORDINATE WITH ON -SITE OPERATIONS MANAGER. SHOP DRAWINGS TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO 1. LOCATION OF EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD GRID WITH MAIN AND BRANCH PIPE SIZES. 2. LOCATION OF RELOCATED HEADS AND BRANCH PIPING. 3. TEMPERATURE RATING OF ALL HEADS. 4, FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS. SPRINKLER HEADS AT STOREFRONT AND DISPLAY WINDOWS MUST BE FLUSH TYPE WIN COVER PLATES PAINTED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT CEILING COLOR. SALES AREA MUST HAVE SEMI RECESSED HEADS WITH ESCUTCHEON RINGS PAINTED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT CEILING COLOR. R GI STERE A CdIkC pl ,VID A. LIEtKth STATE OF WASHI t1GT• 0) 8 I 404 Doors and Doorways 404.1 General. Doors and doorways that are part of an accessible route shall comply with Section 404. 404.2 Manual Doors. Manual doors and doorways, and manual gates, including ticket gates, shall com- ply with the requirements of Section 404,2: EXCEPTION: Doors, doorways, and gates designed to be operated only by security person - nel shall not be required to comply with Sections 404.2.6, 404.2.7, and 404.2.8. 404.2.1 Double -Leaf Doors and Gates. At (east one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply with Sections 404.2.2 and 404.2.3. 404.2.2 Clear Width. Doorways shall have a clear opening width of 32 inches (815 mm) mini- mum. Clear opening width of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of door and stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings, doors and doorways without doors more than 24 inches (610 mrn) in depth shall provide a clear opening width of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. There shall be no projec- tions into the clear opening width lower than 34 inches (865 mm) above the floor. Projections into 404.2.3 Maneuvering Clearances at Doors, the clear opening width between 34 inches (865 Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors shall nim) and 80 inches (2030 mm) above the floor comply with Section 404.2.3 and shall include shall not exceed 4 inches (100 mm). the full clear opening width of the doorway. EXCEPTIONS: 404.2.3.1 Swinging Doors. Swinging doors 1. Door closers and door stops shall be shall have maneuvering clearances comply- permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm) irtg with 'Table 404.23?-i.: minimum above the floor. 404.2.3.2 Sbdingand.Folding Doors. Sliding 2. In alterations, a projection of 5/a inch (16' . doors and folding doors shall have maneuver - mm) maximum into the required clear ing clearances complying with Table opening width shall be permitted for the 404.2.3.2 latch side stop. 32 min 3?., min 815 sly 90'/ (b) Sliding Door (a) Hinged Door 0 32 min N iD 815 ^ n il�i ; J 36 min p 915 (0) Folding Door (d) Doorways without Doors Fig. 404.2.2 Clear Width of Doorways Table 404. 2.3.1 -- Maneuvering Clearances at Manual Swinging Doors TYPE OF USE MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES Approach Door Side Perpendicular to Doorway Parcae! to Doorway (beyond latch Direction unless noted) From front Pull 60 inches (1525 mm) 18 inches 455 mrn From front Push 48 inches (1220 mm) 0 inches (0 mm)3 From hinge side Pull 60 inches 1525 rnrn) 36 inches (915 mm) From hinge side Pull 54 inches (1370 mm) 42 inches (1065 mm) From hinge side Push 42 inches (1065 mm)' 22 inches 560 mm)" 4 From latch side Pull 48 Inches (1220 mm)` 24 inches (610 mm) From latch side Push 42 inches (1065 mm)Z 24 InchesS610 mm) 1Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer and latch provided, 2Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer provided. 3Add 12 inches (305 mm) beyond latch if closer and latch provided. 4Beyontt hinge side. 404.2.3.3 Doorways without Doors. Door- 404.2.4 Thresholds at Doorways. If provided, ways without doors that are less than 36 thresholds at doorways shatl be'f inch (13 mm) inches (915 mm) in width shall have rnaneu- maximum in height. Raised thresholds and vering clearances complying with Table changes in level at doorways shall: comply with 4G4.2.3.3 Sections 302 and 303. 404.2.3.4 Recessed Doors. Where any EXCEPTION: Section404.2.4 slhall not apply obstruction within 18 inches (455 mm) of the to existing thresholds car. altered thresholds 3/4 latch side of a doorway projects more than 8 inch (19 mm) maximum In height that have a inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, beveled edge on actin side with a maximum measured perpendicular to the Pace of the slope of 1:2 for the height exceeding 1I� Inch door, maneuvering clearances for a forward (6.4 mm), approach shall be provided. 404,2.5 Two Doors In Series. Distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48 404.2.3.5 Floor Surface. Floor surface within inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of any the maneuvering clearances shall have a door swinging into the space. The space slope not steeper than 1:48 and shaii comply between the doors Shall provide a turning space with Section 302. complying with Section 304. Table 404.2.3.2 - Maneuvering Clearances at Sliding and Folding Doors Approach Direction MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES Perpendicular to Doorway Parallel to Doorway (beyond stop or latch side unless noted) From front 48 inches (1220 mm) 0 Inches (0 mm) From nonlatch side 42 inches 1065 mm 22 inches (560 rnm)' From latch side 42 inches (1065 rnm) 24 inches (610 mm) 'Beyond porker or hinge side. E N E 8 E o ' 24• min � �T i2 ? min (NJ r, Ei10 )r 560 i " I-- , -R- - -. _ -- (a) Front Approach (b) Pocket or Hinge Approach (c) Stop or Latch Approach Fig. 404.2.3.2 Maneuvering Clearance at Sliding and Folding Doors Table 404.2.3.3- Maneuvering Clearances for Doorways without Dooirs Approach Direction MiNiMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES; Perpendlcular to Doorway Frorn Iront 48 inches (1220 mm) From side 42 inches (1065 mm) a Front Approach b Side Approach Fig. 404.2.3.3 Maneuvering Clearance at Doorways without Doors 404.2.7.2 Spring Hinges. Door spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open posi- tion of 70 degrees, the door shall move to the closed position in 1.5 seconds minimum. 404.2.8 Door - Opening Force. Fire doors shall have the minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative . authority. The force for pushing or pulling open doors other than fire doors shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged door: 5.0 pounds (22.2 N) maximum 2. Sliding or folding door: 5.0 pounds (22.2 N) maximum These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door in a closed position, 404.2.9 Door Surface. Door surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the floor, measured vertically, shall be a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door. Parts creating horizontater vertical joints in such surface shall be within' /,, inch (1.6 mm) of the same plane as the other. Cavities created by added kick plates shall be capped. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Sliding doors, 2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at no less than 60 degrees from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (255 mm) bottom rail height requirement, 3. Doors that do not extend to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the floor. 404.2.10 Vision Lites. Doors and sidelites adja- cent to doors containing one or more glazing panels that permit viewing' through the panels shall have the bottom of at least one panel on either the door or an adjacent sidelite 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above the floor. EXCEPTION: Vision rites with the lowest part more than 66 inches (1675 mm) above the floor are not required to comply with Section 404.2.10. 603 Toilet and Bathing Rooms 603.1 General. Accessible toilet and bathing rooms shall comply with Section 603. 603.2 Clearances. 603.2.1 Turning Space. A turning space com plying with Section 304 shall be provided within the room. 603.2.2 Overlap. Clear floor spaces, clearances at fixtures, and turning spaces shall be permitted to overlap. 603.2.3 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space erclearancefor any fixture. EXCEPTIONS: 1, Doors to a toilet and bathing room for a single occupant, accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public Use shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space, provided the swing of the door can be reversed to meet Section 603.2.3. 2. Where the room is for individual use and e clear floor space complying with Sec - tion 305.3 is provided within the room beyond the aro of the door suing. 603.3 Mirrors, Mirrors located above lavatories, sinks or counters shal I be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the floor. Mirrors not located above between 39 inches (990 mot) and 41 inches (1040 mm) from the rear wall. EXCEPTIONS: 1. In Type A and Type 13 units, the vertical grab bar component is not required, 2. In a Type B unit, when a side wall is not available for a 42 -Inch (1065 mm) grab bar, the sidewall grab bar shall be per - mitted to be 16 Inches (455 mrn) mini - mum in length, located 12 inches (305 mm) maximum frorn the rear wall and extending 30 inches (760 rnrn) minimum from the rear wall se -41 990 -1040 42 min be located In a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, that grab bar shall be permitted to be split or shifted to the open side of the toilet area. 12 min BLDG DEPT REV -2 -22 -IPA Fig. 604.5.2 Rear Well Grab Bar for Water Closet DAVID A. bill' IN STATE OF WASHINGTON lavatories, sinks or counters shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches (890 mm) maximum above the floor. 603.4 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 308. Shelves shall be 40 Inches (1015 rnrn) rninirnum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the floor. 604 Water Closets and Toilet Compartments 004.1 General. Accessible water closets and toilet compartments shall comply with Section 604. Com- partments cnnleining more than one plumbing fix- ture shall comply with Section 603. Wheelchair accessible cotnparlments shall comply with Section 604.8. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with Section 604.9. EXCEPTION: Water closets and toilet compart- ments primarily for children's use shall be permit- ted to comply with Section 60410 as applicable. 604.2 Location. The water closet shall be located with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the water ciosetshail be 16 inches (405 ern) minimum to 18 inches (455 mm) maxi- mum from the side wall or partition. Water closets located in ambulatory accessible compartments specified in Section 604,9 shall have the centerline of the water closet 17 Inches (430 mm) minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum from the side wall 'or partition, fa) Pull Side 12 min Fig. 604.5.1 Side Wall Grab Bar for Water Closet 604.5.2 Rear Wall Grab Bars.The rear wall grab bar shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum In length, and extend from the centerline of the water Closet 12 inches (305 mm) minimum on the side closest to the wall, and 24 Inches (610 mm) minimum on the transfer side. EXCEPTIONS: 1. The rear grab bar shalt be permitted to he 24 inches (610 mm) minimum in length, centered on the water closet, where wall space does not permit a grab bar 36 Inches (915 mm) minimum in .length due to the location of a recessed fixture adjacent to the water closet 2. In a Type:A orTypeB unit, the rear grab bar shall be permitted to be 24 Inches (610 mm) minimum In length, centered on the water closet, where wall space does not permit a grab bar 36 inches (915 mm) minimum in length. 3. Where an administrative authority requires flush controls for flush valves to 604.6 Flush Controls. Hush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush con- trols shall comply with Section 309. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet. EXCEPTION: In ambulatory accessible com- partments complying with Section 604.9, flush controls shall be permitted to be located on either side of the water closet. 604.7 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with Section 309.4 and shall be 7 inches (180 mm) minimum and 9 inches (230 mm) maxi- mum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dis- penser shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 4B inches (1220 mm) maximum above the floor, and shall not be located behind the grab bars. Dispens- ers shall not be of a type that control delivery, or do not allow continuous paper flow. 606 Lavatories and Sinks 606.1 General. Accessible lavatories and sinks shall comply with Section 606. 606.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space corn - plying with Section 305.3, positioned for forward approach, shall be provided. Knee and tae clear- ance complying with Section 306 shall be provided. The dip of the overflow shall not be considered in determining knee and toe clearances. EXCEPTIONS: 1 A parallel approach complying with Section 305 shall be permitted to a kitchen sink in a space where a cook top or conventional range is not provided. 16 -18 405 ... 455 17 -19 430 - 485 Push Side fa) Push Side, Door Provided with Both Closer and Latch FIg. 404.2.3.4 Maneuvering Clearance at Recessed Doors (b) Ambulatory Accessible Water Closets Fig. 604.2 Water Closet Location 604.3 Clearance. *If both closer and latch are provided 12 min" 305 (a) Front Approach, Pull Side (b) Front Approach, Push Side 404.2.6 Door Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on accessible doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasp- ing, pinching, or twisting of the wrist to operate. Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the floor. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. EXCEPTION: Locks used only for security purposes and not used for normal operation are permitted in any location. 404.2.7 Closing Speed. 404.2.7.1 Door Closers. Door closers shall be adjusted so that frorn an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to an open position of 12 degrees shall be 5 seconds minimum. Other fixtures not allowed within this area tit �._.i 17 -19 Z430 - 485 60 min 1525 Fig. e04.3 Size of Clearance for Water Closet 36lnin (c) Hinge Approach, Pull Side • If both closer and latch are provided "" 48 min (1220) if both closer and latch provided 42 min 1065 j (d) Hinge Approach, Pull Side *54 min (1370) if closer is provided 1 24 min Meer (e) Hinge Approach, Push Side (t) Latch Approach, Pull Side 1525 •� 604.3.1 Size, A clearance around a water closet 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum, measured per- pendicular from the sidewall, and 56 inches (1420 mm) minimum, measured perpendicular from the rear wall, shall be provided, 604.3.2 Overlap. The required clearance around the water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab bars, paper dis- pensers, sanitary napkin receptacles, coat hooks, shelves, accessible routes, clear floor space at other fixtures and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be within the required water closet clearance. 604.4 Height. The height of water closet seats shall be 17 inches (430 mrn) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the floor, measured to the top of the scat. Spats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. EXCEPTION: A water closet in a toilet room fora single occupant, accessed only through a private office and notice common use orpublic use, shall not be required to comply with Section 604.4. 604.5 Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall comply with Section 609 and shall be provided in accordance with Sections 604.5.1 and 604.5.2. Grab bars shall be provided on the rear wall and on the side wall closest to the water closet. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Grab bars are not required to he installed In a toilet room for a single occupant, accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use provided reinforcement has been installed in walls Fig. 604.4 Water Closet Height and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with Section 604.5. 2. In detention or correotion facilities, grab bars are not required to be installed in housing-or holding cells or rooms that are specially designed without protrusions for purposes of suicide prevention. 3. to Typo A units, grab bars are not required to he installed where reinforcement com- plying with Section 1003.11.4 is installed for the future installation of grab bars. 4. in Type B units located In institutional facili- ties and assisted living facilities, two swing -up grab bars shall be permitted to be installed in lieu of the rear wall and side wall grab bars. Swing -up grab bars shall comply with Sections 604.5.3 and 609. 5. In a Type B unit, where fixtures are located on both sides of the water closet, a swing -up grab bar complying with Seotions 604.5.3 and 609 shall be permitted, The swing -up grab bar shall be installed on the side of the water closet with the 18 inch (455 mm) clearance required by Section 1004.11.3.1.2. 604.5.1 Fixed Side Wall Grab Bars. Fixed side - wall grab bars shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) min- imum in length, located 12 inches (305 mrn) maximum from the rear wall and extending 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum from the rear wall. In addition, a vertical grab bar 18 Inches (455 mm) minimum in length shall be mounted with the bat - tom of the bar located between 39 inches (990 mm) and 41 inches (1040 mm) above the floor, and with the center Tine of the bar located 2. The requirement for knee and toe clear- ance shat: not apply to a lavatory in a toilet and bathing facility for a single occupant, accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use. 3. A knee clearance of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum above the floor shall be permitted at lavatories and sinks used primarily by children ages 6 through 12 where the rim or counter surface is 31 inches (785 rnm) maximum above the floor. 4. A parallel approach complying with Section 305 shall be permitted at lavatories and sinks used primarily by children ages 5 and younger. 5: The requirement for knee and toe clear- ance shall not apply to more than ono bowl of a multibowl sink. 6. A parallel approach shall he permitted at wet bars. 606.3 Helght. The front of lavatories and sinks shall be 34 Inches (865 mm) maximum above the floor, measured to the higher of the rim or counter sur- face. EXCEPTION: A lavatory In a toilet and bathing facility for a single occupant, accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use, snail not be required to comply with Section 606.3. 606.4 Faucets. Faucets shall comply with Section 309. Hand - operated metering faucets shall remain open for 10 seconds minimum. 606.5 Lavatories with Enhanced Reach Range. Where enhanced reach range is required at lavato- rtes, faucets and soap dispenser controls shall have a reach depth of 11 inches (280 mm) maximum or if automatic, shall be activated within a reach depth of 11 inches (280 mm) maximum. Weterand soap flow shall be provided with a reach depth of 11 inches (280 mm) maximum. EXCEPTION: In Type A end 'Type B units, reach range for lavatory faucets find soap dispensers is not required. 606.6 Exposed Pipes and'Surfaces: Water supply and drainpipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive sur- faces under lavatories and sinks. 606.7 Operable PSlrts.Operable parts on towel dis- pensers and hand dryers shall comply with Table 606.7, Fig, 606.3 Helght of Lavatories and Sinks FIg. 605.2 Height of Urinals REVIEWED FOR • CIDE CO l.P UA CE MA 0 9 2010 Fig. 404.2.3.1 Maneuvering Clearance at Manual Swinging Doors Cary of Tulmila BUILDING DIVISION Scale 1/4" a i' -fdr' (c) Fig. 404.2.5 Two Doors in a Series Sheet sp.4 Of Sheets 701 701.1 tures signs comply 702 702.1 alarms In 105.2.2, power 703 Chapter 7. Communication Elements and Features General script, highly decorative, :or of other unusual forms. Scope. Communications elements and fea- required to be accessible by the soaping provi- 703.2.4 Character Height. The uppercase letter adopted by the administrative authority shall "1" shall be used to determine the allowable with the applicable provisions of Chapter 7. height of all characters of a font. The uppercase Alarms letter "I" of the font shall have a minimum height complying with Table 703.2.4. Viewing distance General. Accessible audible and visual shall be measured as the horizontal distance and notification appliances shall be installed between the character and an obstruction pre- accordance with NFPA 72 listed in Section venting further approach towards the sign. be powered by a commercial light and . source, be permanently connected to the 703.2.5 Character Width. The uppercase letter wiring of the premises electric system, and be per - "O" shall be used to determine the allowable manently installed. width of all characters of a font. The width of the Signs uppercase letter "4" of the font shall be 55 per - cent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the 703.1 General. Accessible signs shall comply with height of the uppercase "I" of the font. Section 703. 703.2 Visual Characters. 709.2.6 Stroke Width. The uppercase letter "I" shall be used to determine the allowable stroke 703.2.1 General, Visual characters Shall comply width of all characters of a font. The stroke width with Section 703.2. shall be 10 percent minimum and 30 percent EXCEPTION: Visual characters complying maximum of the height of the uppercase' l" of the with Section 703.3 shall not he required to font, comply with Section 703.2. 703.2.7 Character Spacing. Spacing shall be 703.2.2 Case. Characters shall be uppercase, measured between the two closest points of lowercase, or e a combination of both. adjacent characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Spacing between individual char - 703.2.3 Style. Characters shall he conventional actors shall be 10 percent minimum and 35 Per- in form. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, cent maximum of the character height. Table 703.2.4 - Visual Character Height Dot base diameter Height above Floor to Baseline of Character Horizontal Viewing Distance Minimum Character Height 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than or equal to 70 inches (1780 mm) Less than 6 feet (1830 mm) % inch (16 mm) °/a inch (16 mm), plus'!, Inch (3.2 mm) par foot (305 mm) of vlowing distance above 6 feet (1630 mm) 2 Inches (51 mm) 6 feet (1830 mm) and greater Greater than 70 inches (1780 mm) to less (th equal to inches 0550 0 mm) mm) 1220 0 (3 Less than 15 feet (4570 mail 15 feet (4570 mm) and greater 2 inches (51 mm), plus '4 inch (3.2 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 15 feet (4570 mm) Greater than 120 inches (3050 mm) Less than 21 feet (6400 mm) 3 inches (75 mm) 3 inches (76 mm), plus `1. Inch (3.2 mm) par foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 21 feet (6400 mm) 21 feel (6400 mm) and greater 703.2.8 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum to 170 percent maximum of the character height. 703.2.9 Height Above Floor. Visual characters shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum above the floor of the viewing position, measured to the baseline of the character. Heights shall comply with Table 703.2.4, based on the size of the char- acters on the sign. EXCEPTION: Visual characters indicating elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with Section 703.2.9. • 703.2.10 Finish and Contrast. Characters and their backgrcund'shall have a nonglare boleti: Characters shall contrast with their background, with either light characters on a dark back- ground, or dark characters on a light back- ground. 703.3 Tactile Characters. • 703.3.1 General. Tactile characters shall comply with Section 703.3, and shall be duplicated in braille complying with Section 703.4. 703.3.2 Depth. Tactile characters shall be raised Vne inch (0;8 mm) minimum above their back -' ground. 703.3.3 Case. Characters shall he uppercase. 703.3.4 Style. Characters shall be cars serif. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. 703.3.5 Character Height. The uppercase letter "I" shall be used to determine the allowable height of all characters of a font. The height of the uppercase letter "I" of the font, measured verti- cally from the baseline of the character, shall be sffl inch (16 mm) minimum, and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum. EXCEPTION: Where separate tactile and visual characters with the same information are provided, the height of the tactile upper- case letter "r shall be permitted to be V2 inch (13 mm) minimum. 703.3.6 Character Width. The uppercase letter "0" shall be used to determine the allowable width of all characters of a forit. The width of the uppercase letter "0" of the font shall be 55 per- cent minimum and' 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase "I" of the font. Fig. 703.3.5 Character Height 703.3.7 Stroke Width. Tactile character stroke width shall comply with Section 703.3.7, The uppercase letter "I" of the font shall be used to determine the allowable stroke width of all char- acters of a font. 703.3.7.1 Maximum. The stroke width shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "I" measured at the top sur- face of the character. and 30 percent maxi- mum of the height of the uppercase letter "I" measured at the base of the character. 703.3.7.2 Minimum. When characters are both visual and tactile, the stroke width shall be 10 percent minimum of the height of the uppercase letter "I 703.3.8 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall he measured between the two closest points of adjacent tactile characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Spacing between individual tactile character shall be '1& inch (3.2 mm) minimum measured at the top sur- face of the characters, 11,E inch (1.6 mm) mini- mum measured at the base of the characters, and four times the tactile character stroke width maximum. Characters shall be separated from raised borders and decorative elements '/g inch (9.5 mm) minimum. 703.3.9 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of tactile characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the tactile charac- ter height. 703.3.10 Height above Floor. Tactile characters shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum above the floor, measured to the baseline of the lowest tactile character and 60 inches (1525 mm) maxi- mum above the floor, measured to the baseline of the highest tactile character. EXCEPTION: Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with Section 703.3.10. 703.3.11 Location. Where a tactile sign is pro- vided at a door, the sign shall be alongside the door at the latch side. Where a tactile sign is pro- vided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive leaf. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active leaves, the sign shall be to the right of the right -hand door. Where there is no wall space on the latch side of a single door, or to the right side of double doors, signs shall be on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile .characters shall be located so that a clear floor area 18 inches (455 mm) minimum by 18 inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile charac- ters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position. EXCEPTION: Signs with tactile characters shall be permitted on the push side of doors with closers and without hold -open devices. 703.3.12 Finish and Contrast. Characters and their background shall have a nonglare finish. Characters shall contrast with their"hackground with either light characters on a dark background, or dark characters on a light back- ground. EXCEPTION: Where separate tactile charac- ters and visual characters with the same infor- mation are provided, tactile characters are not required to have nonglare finish or to contrast with their background. r. 703.4 Braille. 703.4.1 General. Braille shall be contracted (Grade 2) braille and shall . comply with Section 703.4. 703.4.2 Uppercase Letters. The indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of the alphabet, ini- tials, or acronyms. 703.4.3 Dimensions. Braille dots shall have a domed or rounded shape and shall comply with Table 703.4.3. 703.4.4 Position. Braille shall be below the cor- responding text. If text is multilined, braille shall be placed below entire text. Braille shall be sepa- rated 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from any other tactile characters and 34 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from raised borders and decorative elements. Braille provided on elevator car controls shall be separated 366 inch (4.8 mm) - n1111mum either directly below or adjacent to the corresponding raised characters or symbols. AREA OF REFUGE E E ec T- to Note: For Braille mounting height see Section 703.4.5 Fig. 703.3.10 Height of Tactile Characters above Floor or Ground IT) Distance between dots in the same cell Distance between dots in the same cell 18 min 455 Fig. 703.3.11" - Location of Tactile Signs at Doors Distance between corresponding dots from one cell directly below -- Dot diameter C~) 0 O 0 O 0 j `1 / i t �^�! Fig. 703.4.3 Braille Measurement centered on tactile characters Distance between dots in adjacent cells c ! 1 0 0 I iv0 0 i Single Braille cell Blank cell space between words t Raised dot Table 703.4.3- Braille Dimensions - No raised dot Measurement range Minimum in inches Maximum in inches Dot base diameter 0.059 (1.5 mm) to 0.063 (1.6 mm) Distance between two dots in the same cell 0.090 (2.3 mm) to 0.100 (2.5 mm) Distance between corresponding dots in adjacent cells _ 0,241 (6.1 mm) to 0.300 (7.6 mm) Dot height 0.025 (0.6 mm) to 0.037 (0.9 mm) Distance between corresponding dots from one cell directly below' 5 0.395 110,0 mm) to 0.400 (10.2 mm) 'Measured center to center AR OF _RE E 7` -,` Fig. 703.4.4 Position of Braille 703.4.5 Haunting Height. Braille shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum and 60 inches (1525 mm) maximum above the floor, measured to the baseline of the hraille cells. EXCEPTION: Elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with Section 703.4.5. 703.5 Pictograms. 703.5.1 General. Pictograms shall comply with Section 703.5. 703.5.2 Pictogram Field. Pictograms shall have a field 6 inches (150 mm) minimum in height. Characters or braille shall not be located in the pictogram field. 703.5.3 Finish' and Contrast. Pictograms and their fields shall have''a• nonglare finish. Pictograms shall contrast with their fields, with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a dark pictogram on a light field. 703.5.4 Text Descriptors. Where text descriptors for pictograms are required, they shall be located directly below the pictogram field. Text descriptors shall comply with Sections 703.3 and 703.4. 703.8 Symbols of Accessibility. 703.6.1 General. Symbols of accessibility shall comply with Section 703.6. 703.6.2 Finish and Contrast. Symbols of acces- sibility and their backgrounds shall have a nonglare finish. Symbols of accessibility shall contrast with their backgrounds, with either a light symbol on a dark background ora dark sym- bol on a light background. 703.6.3 Symbols, 703.6.3.1 International Symbol of Accessi- bility. The International Symbol of Accessibil- ity shall comply with Figure 703.6.3.1. 703.6.3.2 International Symbol of TTY. The International Symbol of TTY shall comply with Figure 703.6.3.2. 703.6.3.3 Assistive Listening Systems. Assistive listening systems shall be Identified by the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with Figure 703.6.3.3. 703.6.3.4 Volume- Controlled Telephones. Telephones with volume controls shall be identified by a pictogram of a telephone hand- set with radiating sound waves on a. square field complying with Figure 703.6.3.4. 703.7 Remote Infrared Audible Sign (BIAS) Sys- tems. 703.7.1 General. Remote Infrared Audible Sign Systems shall comply with. Section 703.7. 703.7.2 Transmitters. Where provided, Remote Infrared Audible Sign Transmitters shall be designed to communicate with receivers comply- ing with Section 703.7.3. EN 0 0 Fig. 703.5 Pictogram Field 803 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms 803.1 General. Accessible dressing, fitting; and locker rooms shall comply with Section 803. 803.2 Turning Space. A turning space complying with Section 304 shall be provided within the room. 803.3 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the room unless a clear floor space complying with Sec- tion 305.3 is provided within the room, beyond the arc of the door swing. 803.4 Benches. A bench complying with Section 903 shall be provided within the room. 803.5 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Accessible coat hooks provided within the room shall accommodate a forward reach or side reach complying with Sec- tion 308. Where provided, a shelf shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the floor. GLIDE COMPLIAN AR 0 9 2010 City of 3J LDIN (es ECEIVED MAR 012010 PERMIT CENTE FEB VIM REVISIONS BY i3LDG DEPT REV- 2 -22 -I0 3408 REGISTEREI ) ARCHI j,.C_i 17',Vi0 A. LIDI(OV STATE OF WASH it iGTOP, W co to • A co °>-Ogcp Nd'N O IT. aZ CO W d; Sao 0 0 r-N O. U. PROJECT= CO CO 1 O CO W LL HOZ W d" W Z a =Z W C» t w 0),CL W Q =Za,- --0 Z d. O WOO M to I- CO I-- SHEET TITLE. A117.1 -2003 ICC/ ANSI Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" a Drawn B. MAR'tENE r Job Sheet SP -5 Of Sheets 55' -1 1/9" EXISTING 36 "X1' -0" H. M,TL DOOR TO REMAIN- SEE DOOR SCHEDULE EXISTING ELECT PANELS TO 5E REMOVED: SAVE FOR POSSIBLE REUSE- SEE ELECT DUGS. FOR ADDIT. INFO. 1E1* J EXISTING ELECT PANELS TO BE REMOVED. SAVE FOR POSSIBLE REUSE- SEE ELECT DWGS. FOR ADDIT. INFO. U -I e I n J Ii EXISTING DOOR TO BE REMOVED EXISTING - 12 "XI2" VCT FLOORING TO BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) EXISTING 12 "XI2" VCT FLOORING TO BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) = == EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO BE REMOVED (SHOWN DASHED) EXISTING FITTING ROOMS--� TO BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) 1 I L (--- EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO BE REMOVED (SHOWN DASHED) Jl IL LL N = = =eSal =CS = = == EXISTING RUBBER FLOORING AND BASE TO BE REMOVED -.— (TYPICAL) EXISTING WALL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) EXISTING CASHWRAP TO BE REMOVED. CAP / REMOVE ALL EXTRANEOUS WIRING AS REQUIRED EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO BE REMOVED (SHOWN DASHED) EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO BE RELOCATED AS PER FLOOR PLAN. REMOVE EXISTING 3/4" REVEALS AS REQUIRED EXISTING LEASE LINE EXISTING COLUMN II I TO REMAIN II I (TYPICAL) II II H =e = =® ass was = = =as pas = == = = Can as= = === =® aiak ® =m = == =mot EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) EXISTING CARPET AND BASE TO BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) EXISTING CASHWRAP TO BE REMOVED. CAP / REMOVE ALL EXTRANEOUS WIRING AS REQUIRED J EXISTING WALL PANELING EXISTING CARPET TO BE REMOVED TO BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) r- I Lam_ ENTIRE EXISTING STOREFRONT ( SIGNAGE, FLOORING, -FOLDING DOORS, TRACK, SOFFIT, ETC.) TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION EXISTING 12" X12" CER. TILE TO REMOVED AS REQUIRE FOR NEW STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION L 60' -I 3/4" r r 3' -3 3/4" 60' -9" EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO BE REMOVED ENTIRE EXISTING STOREFRONT (GLAZING, GLAZING MULLIONS, ROLLING GRILLE, SUPPORT TUBES, ETC.) TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER 4 WALL TO BE REMOVED AS SHOWN EMOL I T I QN FLAN 1/4" 1' -0" REVISIONS BY BLDG DEPT I REV- 2 -22 -10 3408 R/EjyGISTEREI ARCt ` TEC 1 DAVID A. R. i" w STATE OF WASHIN IOIN DEMOLITION NOTES DEMOLITION WALL LEGEND' I. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL REMOVAL WORK REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK AS SHOWN OR OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THIS SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 2. REMOVE NON -LOAD BEARING WALLS (CM.U. 4 GYP. BD.) DOORS 4 FRAMES, ENCLOSURES, AND ALL OTHER ITEMS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED ON 1415 PLAN. 3. REMOVE ALL THE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES THROUGHOUT. REMOVE ALL EXTRANEOUS WIRING. 4. REMOVE ALL SHELVING 4 STORAGE FIXTURES 5. PATCH AND /OR REPAIR FLOOR, CEILING, AND /OR WALL SURFACES WHERE REMOVALS ARE MADE AND PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. INTEGRITY OF EXISTING WALL RATING TO BE MAINTAINED. 6. ALL REMOVAL 4 DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED AT LEAST ONCE PER DAY, OR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS. VERIFY METHODS 4 LOCATION OF REMOVAL WITH LANDLORD. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES AS PART OF TI-4E SCOPE OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT. 8. G.C. MUST PLAN, SCHEDULE, AND COORDINATE ALL REMOVALS (AND NEW WORK) TO AVOID INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES ELEC., HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION S. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE ALL ERECTIONS, ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS OR ADDITIONS MADE TO EXISTING STORE INCLUDING FURNITURE, LIGHT FIXTURES, CEILINGS PARTITIONS, ETC., INSTALLED FOR PREVIOUS LAYOUT AS PER DEMOLITION PLAN. ALL DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SITE BY G.C. G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN SECURITY TO THE SPACE PER LANDLORD AND /OR TENANT I. REMOVE EXIST'G. STOREFRONT SIGNAGE AT TENANT'S LEASED AREA AND INSTALL TEMPORARY STOREFRONT BARRICADE (PER LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS). PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH IL THE EXISTING ACOUST TILE CLG IS TO BE REMOVED THROUGHOUT. THE EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILING IS TO REMOVED THROUGHOUT. 12. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PANELING, MIRRORS, STANDARDS FIXTURES, SLATWALL , ETC. THROUGHOUT THE TENANT SPACES AS REQUIRED. 4 NOTED ON THE PLAN. 13. THE EXISTING HVAC SYSTEM IS TO REMAIN/ BE MODIFIED. SEE MECH. DWGS FOR ADDIT, INFO. AND REQUIREMENTS. 14. BOTH THE ENTIRE EXISTING STOREFRONTS (let GLAZING, GLAZING MULLIONS, SIGNAGE, COLUMN ENCLOSURES, ROLLING GRILLE 4 SUPPORT TUBES, FOLDING DOORS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION. � v XISTING 6" METAL STUD (I) HOUR RATED pEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING 6" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. ( FLR. TO METAL DECK/ STRUCTURE ABOVE) WITH EXISTING 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLOOR TO METAL DECK/ STRUCTURE ABOVE) BY G.C. . G.C. TO PATCH, TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES 4 ONE HOUR FIRE RATING a" >e __ A L ! i1�:31111(1 �1►)QsJ1�r�1 r. EXISTING 3 5/8" METAL STUDS u+ I6" O.C. ( FLR. TO METAL DECK ABOVE) TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS, GLASS, TRIM, FIXTURES, DOORS, BASE, FLOORING, SHELVING, WALL SYSTEM, PANELING, STANDARDS, ETC. TO BE REMOVED (SHOWN DASHED) 3."5 EV)E tY EO F CODE COMPLIANCE MAR 0 9 2010 61 Tukwila . sou @L j �Ia�8 91 ,� RECEIVED MAR 012010 PERMIT CENTER FEB ...2 . F- N w c to I < a0 �0Mc <'Q N 4 ti 0= a 4 • Gr W ,9 c0 etZyW; O° 0 0' a°I-0=q D r 0) 0. IL o CI W W JCC LL • •0z O mt. uj ocWI- 0 a ao Ma" (I) W w U 1-- CO J < ?` (O F- to F- SHEET TITLE z Q 0. DEMOLITION Date 1 -14 -10 Scale I/4" a Drown B. MARTENEY Job Sheet' D -1 Of Sheets IMPORTANT !!!I!! SQUARE FOOTAGE VERIFICATION: PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST REMEASURE PREMISES AND CALCULATE ACTUAL SQUARE FOOTAGE. TENANT GENERAL ;CONTRACTOR TO IMMEDIATELY FORWARD THE ACTUAL DIMENSIONS & SQUARE FOOTAGE TO TENANT, AND NOTE ANY DISCREPANCIES / DEVIATIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS. NOTES: ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS MUST BE $MOOTH AND FLUSH. THE USE OF PLASTIC, VINYL OR RUBBER TRANSITIONS IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TENANTS. MUST UTILIZE A HARD SURFACE TRANSITION. NO RUBBER OR VINYL BASE IS PERMITTED IN THE SALES AREA OF THE PREMISES. ALL EXTRUDED ALUMINUM PANELING CORNERS SHALL HAVE 11/2" X 11/2" ALUM. ANGLE (+5 1/2" APP. TO +I2' -0 ") G.G. TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN ALL FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SMALL OBTAIN 4 REVIEW TENANT DESIGN 4 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA MANUAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. BID SHALL REFLECT ALL SHOPPING CENTER REQUIREMENTS (let MALL REQUIRED CONTRACTORS, BARRICADES, FIRE WATCHES, FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN, SMOKE EVACUATION DESIGN/ INSTALLATION (IF APPLICABLE) ETC.). G.C. SHALL COMPARE MALL CRITERIA/ EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE TENANT SPACE AGAINST CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS TO VERIFY ACCURACY. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO NE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. G.C. ACCEPTS RESPONSIBLITY/ COST FOR ALL CHANGES (ADDITIONAL WORK 4 MATERIALS), IF ANY. DISCREPANCIES/ REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT BROUGHT TO ATTENTION OF OWNER PRIOR t0 SUBMITTAL OF BID STOCKROOM: CEILING: OPEN TO EXISTING METAL DECK ABOVE m +16' -10 1/4" A.F.F. WALLS: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. -PAINT 'WHITE' FLOOR: EXPOSED CONC. TO REMAIN 281/2" " 4' -0" 14 1/2" 4' -0" " 4 141/2" 4' -0 4' -0" ' -0" 2' -5" ' IS 1/2" NEW I/2 "X 1/2" ALUM REVEAL (VERIFY EXACT LOCATION N FIELD WIN MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER) NEW NEUTRAL PIER r- DOOR BUZZER 1.11111011111111111111111191 " �■r EXISTING 36 "X1' -0" H. MITI- DOOR TO REMAIN - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 12' -0" HIGH STOCKROOM SHELVING W/ SEISMIC BRACING SEE SHELVING STRUCTURAL DWGS. ALUM. PANELING +5 1/2" A.F.F. TO +12' -0" A.F.F. (SHOWN DASHED) OVER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. SD. OVER 3 5/S " -20 GA. METAL A STUDS (FLR TO +12' -0 ") ALL 4 SIDES / ' 1 PROVIDE 1 1/2 "X 1 1/2" ALUMINUM ANGLE (+5 1/2" AP.F. TO +12' -0 ") SEE 14/A -6 1/2" TNICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS SET 6" HIGH 5.5. GLAZING #SASE 4 4 "x4" VERTICAL MULLIONS WIN I/8" AIR GAPS- BUTT JOINT (TYP -BOTH SIDES) LARGE TABLE SMALL TABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2A-1015C LARGE TABLE SMALL TABLE ALUM. PANELING +5 1/2" APP. TO. +12' -0" APP. (SHOWN DASHED) OVER 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. S. OVER 3 5/S " -20 GA. METAL STUDS (FLR TO +I2' -0 ")- ALL 4 SIDES PROVIDE I I /2 "X 1 1/2" ALUMINUM ANGLE (+5 1/2" A.F.P. TO +12' -0 ") SEE 14/4 -6 EXISTING 36 "X 1' -0" HIGH OPENING TO BE CLOSED WITH 6" MTL. STUDS 61 16" O.C. WITH 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. -BON SIDES -TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES 't ONE HOUR FIRE RATING --- FORMICA TOP 6 +28" A.P.F. W/ 4" BACKSPLASH 24" DP. X 12" LONG MANAGER'S DESK. (2) SHELVES TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE DESK w +5' -5" 4 1' -0" APP. SUPPLIED. 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. INNUMIIMIN tee► Ga -? Lilt iILE WM V ■' 3 mir .- -: 36" W;X 1'- 0 "1.1. CASED OPENING W/ CURTAIN EXPOSED GONG. 1/2" NICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS SET 6" HIGH S.S. GLAZING BASE 4 4 "x4" VERTICAL MULLIONS WITH I /8" AIR GAPS- BUTT JOINT (TYP -BOTH SIDES) 24 "W. X 54" 14. MIRROR MTD. to +15" APP. CENTER ON WALL 21-4 1/2" 7' 4' -0" 141/2' 4-0" 4' -0' I!J®' 4' -0" V.I.P. HANDICAP ACCCESSIBI..E TOILET ROOM: CEILING: 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. 0 +8' -0" APP.- PAINT 'GI' SEMI GLOSS WALLS: 5/8" W.R TYPE 'X' GYP. BP.- TAPE, FINISH, PAINT 'GI' SEMI GLOSS FLOOR COVERING: SHEET VINYL FLOORING 4 5" HIGH INTEGRAL COVE BASE SALES AREA: CEILING: OPEN TO EXISTING METAL DECK 6 +I6' -10 1/4" APP. PAINT ALL BEAMS, DUCTING, ETC. OCCURRING ABOVE +I2' -5" APP. (GI) SALES AREA ONLY WALLS: 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.- PATCH 4 PAINT (GI) FLOOR: 12 "X12" CER. TILE CTI (FIELD) 4 JBI (BORDER) THROUGHOUT LANDLORD NOTES: FIELD VERIFICATION IS REQUIRED BY TENANT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IT IS THE TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF THE SPACE. NE LANDLORD RESERVES NE RIGHT TO MAKE ANY ON -SITE CORRECTIONS TO NE APPROVED PLANS TENANT'S CONTRACTOR MUST REPAIR ANY/ ALL LANDLORD PROPERTY DAMAGED DURING TI WORK AND COMPLTE LANDLORD'S PUNCHLIST AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. 60' -9" FLOOR LAN 1/4 " =1' -0" / 1nWA D FOR • DEC • KPLIANCE •09 2010 FINISH SCHEDULE DESIGNATION MATERIAL MANUF/ SUPPLIER DESCRIPTION REMARKS FINISH NOTES: GI PAINT HOME DEPOT/ BEHR WHITE FLAT FINISH GTI GRANITE TILE I2 "X 12" 'BLUE PEARL' POLISHED FINISH TO. BE INSTALLED WITH ZERO TOLERANCE GROUT JOINTS VP VENEER PLASTER HOME DEPOT/ BEHR DUNN EDWARDS VENETIAN PLASTER WHITE SASE BLUE QtC -I1 SW ALUMINUM PANEL ING ALUMINUM SLOTS m I 1/2" O.C. PROVIDE 24 "x24" SAMPLE TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. SEE oleaspecialtdproducts.com for addit. info. PM PERFORATED METAL GRADE 1/4" DIA. STAGGERED HOLES m 3/8" O.C. UTILIZED 0 DISPLAY FIXTURES PL PLASTIC LAMINATE COLOR CORE FORMICA WHITE -NOT TEXTURED BI RUBBER BASE FLEXCO 6" HIGH CONT. ROLL TOPSET WF -03 CHARCOAL SV SHEET VINYL ARMSTRONG CLASSIC CORLON 'SLATE' 86801 CTI CERAMIC TILE HOME DEPOT 12 "X12 "X 3/8" ' RAGIONE WHITE' GLAZED FINISH GROUT: DAL TILE ' NATURAL GREY% JBI CERAMIC TILE HOME DEPOT I2 "XI2" X 3/S" 'JET BLACK' GLAZED FINISH GROUT: DAL TILE NATURAL GREY'1i2 F2 SEALER LM, SCOFIELD CO. CEMETONE CLEAR SEMI - GLOSS/ CLEAN 4 SEAL PAINT COLOR G -I: PLASTIC LAMINATE: VENEER PLASTER: JET BLACK TILE: FLOOR TILE: ALUMINUM PANELING: 6" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM PANELING WALL WIN SINGLE SIDED SLOTS 6 1 1/2" O.C. (CLEAR ANODIZED). CONTACT MEGA WALL 40 I- 800 - 948 -2136 BEHR Paints 4 Stains, FLAT TINTED WHITE "SNOWBALL" 5CI4 -2. COLOR CORE, FORMICA "WHITE, NOT TEXTURED ". HOME DEPOT/ BEHR VENETIAN PLASTER WHITE BASE WIN DUNN EDWARDS BLUE- QTC -II. SAND SMOOTH SEAL FINISH WIN DRYVIT CLEAR SEAL MIXED WIN WATER. WAX WIN "CARUBA" WAX AND POLISH. PROVIDE 24" X 24" SAMPLE TO OWNER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12" X 12" RAGIONE (m HOME DEPOT) JET SLACK CERAMIC TILE FOR STORE ENTRANCE AND WALL BASE GROUT: DAL TILE 'NATURAL GREY' 12" X 12" RAGIONE WHITE FOR SALES AREA FLOOR (6 HOME DEPOT) GROUT: DAL TILE 'NATURAL GREY' PERFORATED METAL: ALUMINUM SHEET GRADE 3 5/8" DIA. STAGGERED HOLES AT 3 5/S" O.C. DIAMOND PERFORATED 4 EXPANDED METALS INC., "U" CHANNEL REVEALS: FLANNERY INC:- 6 EASE OF COLUMNS F625 -I00 6 TOP OF COLUMNS DlJS625 -100 G.0 SHALL INSTALL NEW CASHWRAP UNIT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE FINISHED FLOOR G.C. SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW TENANT FINISHED FLOORING. SHEET NOTES 1. ALL MATERIALS USED IN CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE NEW AND OF FISRT CLASS QUALITY. 2. ALL GYPSUM WALLBOARD USED IN CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INSTALLED WIN ALL CORNER BEAD TRIMS, ACCESSORIES AND MOULDINGS ETC. AS REQ'D FOR COMPLETION, TAPED AND SANDED READY FOR PAINT BY DRYWALL CONTRACTOR 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FIN. FACE TO FIN. FACE OF ALL NEW MATERIALS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. ALL WORK SHOWN ON NE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FURN. AND INST. BY G.C. U.N.O. (SEE DIVISION OF WORK). 5. VERIFY ALL MATERIALS AND COLORS WIN TENANT. 6. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN TI-1E FIELD. DOOR & EXITS NOTES: A SIGN SHALL BE POSTED AT ALL EXIT DOORS STATING " THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS" NO THUMB LATCHES OR KEYED CYLINDER DEAD BOLTS ALLOWED ON ANY DOORS UNLESS OPERATED BY A SINGLE ACTION WIN A LEVER FROM THE INSIDE OF NE AREA SERVED. REGARDLESS OF THE OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM NE INSIDE WIN NE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. MANUALLY- OPERATED EDGE OR SURFACE - MOUNTED FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS OR ANY TYPE OF DEVICE SHALL NOT BE USED AND ARE PROHIBITED. EXIT DOORS USED AS PAIRS WIN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL NOT HAVE DOOR KNOBS OR SURFACE MOUNTED HARDWARE ON T1-4E INACTIVE LEAF. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT NE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. WALL LEGEND City of uk a 71M1 1191S@O9 REVISIONS BY BLDG DEPT REV- 2 -22 -I0 3408 1,,10) DAVID A. I D}%0 VI STAFF OF WASHINGT EXISTING 0" METAL STUD (1) HOUR FIRE RATED DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING 6" METAL STUDS io 16" O.C. ( FLR. TO METAL DECK/ A STRUCTURE ABOVE) WIN EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLOOR \ TO METAL DECK/ STRUCTURE ABOVE) BY G.C. G.C. TO PATCH, TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES 4 ONE HOUR FIRE RATING Nt111mY[3k:1g s TI 1 I T A EXISTING 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. ( FLR, TO METAL DECK ABOVE) TO REMAIN. NEW NON RATED INTERIOR _WALL, NEW 3 5/8 " -20 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" O,C. (FLOOR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) WIN NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLOOR TO METAL DECK ABOVE)- BOTH SIDES SET IN CONT. 3 5/S" METAL TRACK (SHOT TO SLAB WITH 'HILTI' .139 DIA. DOME HEAD. POWDER DRIVEN NAILS A 24" OZ.). TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES. SEE *1I/ A-6- ICC -ER 4184P NEW NON RATED INTERIOR WALK NEW 3 5/8 " -20 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. (FLOOR TO +8' -6" AFF.) WIN NEW 5 /S" W.R. TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLR TO +S' -6" APP.) -BOTH SIDES- SET IN CONT. 3 5/8" METAL TRACK (SHOT TO SLAB WIN 'HILT!' .139 DIA. DOME HEAD POWDER DRIVEN NAILS 6 24" O.C.). TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES. ICC -ER 4154P N • S .. (i) o .... i I -IN NEW 6" METAL STUDS *16" O.C. ( FLR. TO 1' -0 "- TOP OF EXISTING A OPENING) WIN NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLOOR TO 1' -0 "- TOP OF /1 \ EXISTIGN OPENING) BY GC.. G.C. TO PATCH, TAPE AND FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES 4 ONE HOUR FIRE RATING ECEI VED MAR 012010 PERMIT CENTER 0) N N o CO CO CI C W LL CC ail- 0 la al CC ti) zac0n W co /� Q 01— 00 ZZCn- DZNtY OWCOD (0 I- 0) I— SHEET TITLE= FLOOR PLAN. Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" m I' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet A -1 Of Sheets STOCKROOM: CEILING: OPEN TO EXISTING METAL DECK ABOVE a +16' -10 1/4" AFF. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING f +12' -0" AFF. FINISH 4 PAINT (GI) 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD'. CURTAIN WALL - BOTTOM +10' -0" APP.- PAINT (GI) APPROX. LOCATION OF BLOWER- VERIFY W/ MECH. DU1GS. t ON SITE __J ° ° L r APPROX, LOCATION r- OF BLOWER- VERIFY W/ MECH. DWGS. 4 ON SITE 1 r. BLOWER +12' -8" r FLUOR ST TO BE HU (TYPICAL ( I- —1— I I j IPLIG114T51 1 G I31' -O'I E31-1010 'OR 6 112' -8" r - -� — 9 3i-0" J I ; I L J L EQ EQ -f' -0II Ln 5' -0" 3' 011 EQ EQ w w iu 10' -0" L___J V T — 3' 0" J 4' -1 3'-o" BOTTOM OF HVAC SUPPLY DUCTS TO BE +14' -0" APP.- (TYPICAL) MOUNT BTM. OF FIXTURES +8' -0" A.F.F. LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE HUNG a +12' -0" APP. (TYP. OP 11) 1' -4 ". NOTE: ALL EXITWAYS ARE TO E5E ILLUMINATED TO AT LEAST ONE FOOT CANDLE AT THE FLOOR LEVEL. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING 13' -0" A. PAINT (GI) Tti to EQ EQ a1 2' A g' SOFFIT/ LEASE LINE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING ai 13' -0" APP. COVERED WITH .120 'tHK. ALUMINUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.- METAL TO BE BENT ON METAL BRAKE AN THEN POWDER COATED AND INSTALLED ON GYP. BD. SOFFIT 4 CLG. G.C. TO VERIFY SUB SURFACE IS ABSOLUTELY FLAT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PANELS. PANELS SHALL HAVE NO DISTORTION Ii-4" Ii HANDIOAP ACCCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM: CEILING: 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. P. CLG. +8-0" AFF. -PAINT 'GI' SEMI GLOSS LINE OF WDCP ACCESS. FITTING ROOM BELOW EQ FLAT SCREEN T.V. SUSPENDED FROM MALL STRUCTURE ABOVE W/ S.S. PENDANT HANGERS. RUN POWER LINE THRU PENDANT HANGER. LOCATE J -BOX STRUCT. ABOVE- CENTERED ON OPENING BOTTOM a +9' -0" AFF. NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ANTI -SWAY BRACING FOR ALL SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURES AND DUCTING 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD, CURTAIN WALL - BOTTOM +101-0" A.F.F.- PAINT (GI) SALES AREA: CEILING: OPEN TO EXISTING METAL DECK 6 +16' -10 1/4" A.F.F. PAINT ALL BEAMS, DUCTING, ETC. OCCURRING ABOVE +12' -5" APP. (GI) SALES AREA ONLY NOTE: MODIFICATIONS TO THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY THE FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION AND WILL REQUIRE A SEPARATE PERMIT, 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. Sc. CEILING 13` -0" A.P.F. PAINT (GI) NOTE: METAL PANELING TO SE BENT ON METAL BRAKE AND THEN" POWDER COATED AND INSTALLED ON GYP. S. RE D FOR ODE CO P QE Air E i''AR 0 0 2010 City of T Tk mM BUILDING DQV!S REFLECTED REFLEcTED CEILING FLAN 1/4" 1: 1' -0" REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES 1. SPRINKLER HEADS IN CONTROL ZONES, STOREFRONT ENTRANCE SOFFIT ARE TO BE RECESSED AND COVERED WITH METAL BLOWOUT PLATES. SPRINKLER HEADS AT SALES AREA OPEN SOFFITS ARE TO BE SEMI- RECESSED TYPE WITH ESCUTCHEON RINGS. SPRINKLER HEADS IN OPEN CEILING AREAS MUST BE TURNED UPWARDS TOWARDS NE DECK. MUST USE MALL APPROVED SUB - CONTRACTOR SIMPLEX GRINNEL 2. ALL WOOD MEMBERS USED FOR BLOCKING 4 BACKING PURPOSES IN AN APPROVED MANNER SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. 3. FOR ELECTRICAL FIXTURE SCHEDULE, PANEL AND LOAD CALCULATION, WATTAGE AND FIXTURE QUANTITIES SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 4. USE OF WOOD ABOVE THE CEILING IS NOT PERMITTED. USE NONCOMBUSTIBLE FRAMING MEMBERS. 5. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE STORE FRONT SOFFIT CONSTRUCTION WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, 6. SUPPORT WIRES FOR LAY -IN CEILING GRID MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY OP THE LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING OR EQUIPMENT. 1. ALL CEILING MATERIAL MUST HAVE A CLASS "A" FIRE RATING LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER REMARKS DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURES REMARKS "LOW -BAY" METAL HALIDE SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE DURA -GUARD "250MWA CHB 16 250W METAL HALIDE WI HOOK 4 36" CORD WI LAMP CONTACT: JERRY GILMAN AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING 510- 252 -1088 EXT 215 FAX 510 -252 -1090 SUSPENDED/ MTD WIN AIRCRAFT CABLE (EXIT) INTERNALLY ILLUM. EXIT SIGN W/ 9O MIN. BATTERY PACK - MOUNT SO AS NOT TO BE VISIBLE FROM MALL COMMON AREA NORA NX600 GREEN T V TRACK MOUNTED LIGHT 2', 4', 6' 4 8' TRACKS SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE LAMP T -8 FLUOR. STRIPLIGHT RECESSED IN ARCH, COVE. 24"/36" LONG LAMPS AS REQ'D TO PIT WITHIN 4S" OF WALL PLC LIGHTING TR402EXN DAYBRITE 4N- 130 -T8 -120 NSR -3 SERIES OR EQUAL NORA TRACK 2', 4', 6' 4 5' TRACKS TRACKS ARE TO BE ON PENDANTS - BTMi6 +12' -0" RECESSED FLUORESCENT DOWN LIGHT 12 "X FLUORESCENT. LIGHT WITH PARABOLIC LENSE NORA NIaP8128 HOUSING QUAD IS/821 8 METALCELL UX 12 "X48" FLUOR PARABOLIC LOR - - AVX- 232SI81 -120V E2320UVEC IT P 3/4-14-U PENDANT LIGHT WITH SHADE ALFA CTT2I -PT13- GI5- EXN -MRI6 12"X473" SURFACE MOUNTED FLUOR. W/ CI-R. PRISMATIC LENSES 48" LONG CHAIN HUNG SINGLE TUBE FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE BRILLIANT LIGHTING IR232T8 -120V 2 LAMP 48" W/ INDUST. HANGERS WHITE POWDER COATED FINISH 24" LONG UNDER COUNTER LIGHT CRECSENT SWBL 40ESBSU F40CW JESCO SP44 -6400K INCLuDES LAMP (2) HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT WIN 90 MINUTE BATTERY PACK NORA BE800 COMBINATION LEP 4 EMERGENCY -TOP GREEN NORA NEX -1041. LED /GREEN REGFIVEi FEB 0 4 2010' PERMIT CEPTF JAN 2 9 2019 REVISIONS BY 340b A ' . rERED 1:tITECT DAVID A. U K w STATE OF WASHINGTON N V to II 0 :h CC fl a N c? d' tsietc ,,4 Grur g .. nr �a az N Ili 5100.. <7vs¢ O N a II. W 0) 00 0 10 J w LIJ NSW � V=� w VI- -00..I IzO: Ow00w REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Date I -14 •I0 Scale 1 /4" = 1' -0" Drown B. MARTENEY Job Sheet Of A 2 Sheets 6 1/2" WIDE X I9" LONG FLIP TOP DOOR WITH CONT. PIANO HINGE PROVIDE MTL ANGLE STRIKE WITH BOLT LATCH k- IOIRIZ. DOOR CATCH DETAIL SALES SIDE 19" WIDE X 30" HIGH X 1 3/4" S.C. WOOD DOOR WITH EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL PANEL 1 -I/2 "1-1X3 /4" WOOD PERIMETER TRIM COVERED WITH WHITE PLAS. LAMINATE 6 I/2" WIDE X 1,311 LONG FLIP TOP DOOR WITH CONT. PIANO HINGE PROVIDE, MTL ANGLE STRIKE WITH MAGNETIC CATCH DISPL4'( SIDE 6 1/2" 'WIDE X 19" LONG FLIP TOP DOOR WITH CONT. PIANO HINGE PROVIDE MTL ANGLE STRIKE WITH BOLT LATCH VERIFY GAP REQUIRED IN FIELD TO ALLOW DOOR TO OPEN WITHOUT ALUM. PANELING BINDING ELEVATION I -I/2 "14X3 /4" WOOD PERIMETER TRIM COVERED WITH WHITE PLAS, LAMINATE DISPLAY SIDE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SLAT WALL PANELING OVER METAL STUD FRAMING SECTION SALES SIDE 19" WIDE X 30" HIGH X 1 3/4" S.C. WOOD DOOR WITH EXTRUDED ALUM, PANELING PANEL (BOTH SIDES) WIN CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE 4 BOLT LATCH TO FIT WITHIN PANELING 4' 3 D I SPL_,4`'Y PLATFORM DOOR 1/2" = 11_0" in rn ALUM. PANELING +5 1/2" A.F•F TO +1' -6" APP (SHOWN DASHED) TYPICAL LINE OF LIGHTING COVE ABOVE (TYP.) HMI ALUM. PANELING (TOP OF PLATFORM TO CLG) (SHOWN DASHED) VERTICAL 4 HORIZONTAL SWING DOORS - -SEE DETAIL "3/A -3 (TYPICAL) 8" +36" +18" 4 <r EXIT +8 PATCH AND PAINT TO MATCH MALL COMMON AREA I/4/4"‘ 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS SET 6" HIGH S.S. GLAZING BASE 4 4"x4" VERTICAL MULLIONS WITH I /8" AIR GAPS- BUTT JOINT (TYP -BOTH SIDES) STEPPED DISPLAY - PLATFORM *'+6" A. TO EE COVERED WITH 12 "XI2" WHITE CERAMIC TILE- (CT1)- TYPICAL - STEPPED DISPLAY - PLATFORM e +I8" A.F.F. TO BE COVERED WITH WHITE PLAS. LAMINATE (PL) 11' -II 1/2" 8" m _X = VERTICAL 4 HORIZONTAL SWING DOORS- - SEE DETAIL •3/A -3 (TYPICAL) I' -1" ALUM. PANELING +5 1/2" AFF TO +1' -6" APP (SHOWN DASHED) TYPICAL LINE OF LIGHTING COVE ABOVE (TYP.) ALUM. PANELING (TOP OF PLATFORM TO CLG) (SHOWN DASHED) 6" 4' LEASE/ SOFFIT — L INE 1' -0" +36" +18" ii LT II 4" ALUM. PANELING +5 1/2" A.F.F. TO +12' -0" (SHOWN DASHED)- ALL 4 SIDES PROVIDE 1 I /2 "X 1 1/2" ALUMINUM ANGLE (TOP OF PLATFORM TO +12' -0 ") Ba N 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS SET 6" HIGH S.S. GLAZING BASE 4 4"x4" VERTICAL MULLIONS WITH I/8 AIR GAPS- BUTT JOINT (TYP -BOTH SIDES) 18' -9 1/2" STEPPED DISPLAY - PLATFORM ' +6" AFF. TO BE COVERED WITH 12 "X12" WHITE CERAMIC TILE- (CT1)- TYPICAL STEPPED DISPLAY - PLATFORM a +18" APP. TO BE COVERED WITH WHITE PLAS. LAMINATE (PL) to .120 TI-K. ALUM INUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/8" TYEP 'X' GYP. BD.. G.C. TO INSTALL WITH EDGES BUTTED TOGETHER WITH ZERO TOLERANCE JOINT GAP. G.C. TO VERIFY SUE SURFACE IS ABSOLUTELY FLAT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PANELS. PANELS SHALL HAVE NO DISTORTION NIGH STRENGTH VENEER PLASTER (VP) WIN INTEGRAL COLOR ADHERED TO IMPERIAL BRAND GYPSUM BASE (ULTRACODE CORE) AS PER MANUF. SPECS. ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD 18" HIGH INDIVIDUAL HALO (REVERSE LIT) 'SHIEKH' STOREFRONT SIGN MOUNTED ON TOP OF 4 "X4" S.S. MULLION - CENTER IN OPENING. SIGN MANUF. TO PROVIDE SIGN SHOP DWGS. TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. LASER CUT ALUMINUM 'FALCON' WI CIRCULAR GRIND PATTERN ICON SET OFF WALL FACE 1 1/2" WITH WHITE NEON BEHIND (TYPICAL OF 3) LOCATED ON VERTICAL SOFFIT FACE BEHIND GLAZING 15" HIGH X 30" DEEP X 4" WIDE BLADE SIGN -TOP MOUNTED a +10' -0" APP.- SEE DETAIL 3/ A -4 4" 7 NEW I /2 "X 1/2" ALUM REVEAL (VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER) S I I 1 1/4 NEW NEUTRAL PIER .120 TI-K ALUMINUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.. G.C, TO INSTALL WITH EDGES BUTTED TOGETHER WITH ZERO TOLERANCE JOINT GAP. G.C. TO VERIFY SUB SURFACE IS ABSOLUTELY FLAT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PANELS. PANELS SHALL NAVE NO DISTORTION ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN 1/2" = l' -sou 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS SET IN 4 "X4" BRUSHED S.S. HORIZONTAL MULLION (TYP. BOTH SIDES) METAL PANEL SEAM NOTE: METAL PANELING TO BE BENT ON METAL BRAKE AND THEN POWDER COATED AND INSTALLED ON GYP. BD. EXISTING MALL GRANITE NEUTRAL PIER DIVIDER TO BE MODIFIED E EQ EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN 4 "X4" BRUSHED 5.5. MULLIONS — (TYPICAL) \f // \\\ \ w 0 1411-■ t 0 9 2010 �I UtdilE 1 orkN8b1 4"x4" BRUSHED S.S. MULLIONS (TYPICAL) NEW I/2 "X 1/2" ALUM REVEAL. (VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER) NEW ----- NEUTRAL PIER .120 TI-1K. ALUMINUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.. G.G. TO INSTALL WITH EDGES BUTTED TOGETHER WIN ZERO TOLERANCE JOINT GAP. G.C. TO VERIFY SUB SURFACE IS ABSOLUTELY FLAT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PANELS. PANELS SHALL HAVE NO DISTORTION 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS SET 6" HIGH 5.8. GLAZING BASE 4 4 "x4" VERTICAL MULLIONS WITH I/8" AIR GAPS- BUTT JOINT (TYP -BOTH. SIDES) 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS SET 6" HIGH S.S. GLAZING BASE 4 4 "x4" VERTICAL MULLIONS WITH I /8" AIR GAPS- BUTT JOINT (TYP -BOTH SIDES) 3/4 "X3/4" BRUSHED S.S. GLAZING CLIPS MIDPOINT OF PANELS (TYPICAL) � .. r �.. GEIVED MAR 012010 PERMIT CENTER STOREFRONT E E VAT ION 1/2" = 11 -0" REVISIONS BY BLDG DEPT REV- 2 -22 -10 3408 ��1Tia L+ D. JO A. I1�,E, ..S "1 STATE OF WASH kii;G TU `l w 0 V J PROJECT co co C:1 00 w CE LL I ® — Z wet'W v3 w Z O � W QO � u) cpF z 0 J w z 0 cc IL 0 C z a. J 0 cc Z Q 0 J CC W W co Q Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" a I'-0" Drown B. MARTENEY Job Sheet Of A--3 Sheets war► 1 3408 REGISTERS ' ARCHITECT VID A. D O fteto W STATE OF WASHINGTON EQ EQ e w r s U! e e ALL METAL STUDS ARE TO PE FASTENED UJITN #10- 1�oX� /8 4WI-4 SD SCREW MANUFACTURED Err DIETRICH INDUSTRIES. MIMNUM OF (4) SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION NOTE: A SEPARATE PERMIT WILL BE REQUIRED FOR ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN. SIGN TO BE INSTALLED BY SIGN INSTALLER NOTE: METAL STUDS AND CEILING JOISTS ARE TO 1:3E 'VIPERSTUDS' MANUFACTURED 5'( CEMCO ICC- ESR- U40 BLADE SIGN SPECIFICATIONS: - INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN - PUSH THRU ACRYLIC OR ROUTED LETTERS WITH LED FOR ILLUMINATION - BLADE SIGN TO BE MOUNTED +10' -0" A.F.F. TO TOP OF SIGN - GRAPHICS ON TWO SIDES OF BLADE SIGN- SIDES MUST BE 71-1E SAME COLOR/ FINISH AS FACES OF SIGN - MOUNTING PLATES TO BE ATTACHED TO TEMP. GLASS STOREFRONT- SEE DETAIL ABOVE - SIGN BOX TO SLIDE OVER MOUNTING PLATE AND IS TO BE AFFIXED WITH MINIMALLY VISIBLE SCREWS TOP AND BOTTOM NOTE: ALL EXISTING FRAMING 1S SHOWN SHADED NOTE: METAL PANELING TO SE BENT ON METAL BRAKE AND THEN POWDER COATED AND INSTALLED ON GYP. BD. NOTE: METAL PANELING TO BE BENT ON METAL BRAKE AND THEN POWDER COATED AND INSTALLED ON GYP. BD. EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST * 6' -0" O.C. EXISTING 4 "X12" STL BEAM EXISTING MALI.. STRUCTURE (SHOWN SHADED) EXISTING METAL DECK EXISTING STEEL EAR JOIST a 6' -0" O.G. EXISTING 4 "X12" STL BEAM 3 5/8 " -18 GA. METAL STUDS e I6" O.C. SCREWED TO EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING CONT. 3 5/8 " -18 GA. METAL TRACK SCREWED TO 3 5 /8 " -I8 A. STUDS e 16" O.G. / EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING .120 THK. ALUMINUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/8" TYEP 'X' GYP. F.D.. G.C. TO INSTALL WITH EDGES BUTTED TOGETHER w17H ZERO TOLERANCE JOINT GAP. G.C. TO VERIFY SUB SURFACE IS ABSOLUTELY FLAT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PANELS. PANELS SHALL HAVE NO DISTORTION 3 5/8 ".18 GA. METAL STUDS 16" O.G. SCREWED TO EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING CONT. 3 5/8 " -IS GA. METAL TRACK SCREWED TO 3 5/8 " -I8 GA. STUDS ED 16" O.C. / EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING .120 TI-1K. ALUMINUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/8" TYEP 'X' GYP. BD.. GC, TO INSTALL WIN EDGES BUTTED TOGETHER WITH ZERO TOLERANCE JOINT GAP. G.C. TO VERIFY SUB SURFACE 1S ABSOLUTELY FLAT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PANELS. PANELS SHALL HAVE NO DISTORTION SELF TAPPING "10- I6X5/8 HWH SD SCREWS (TYPICAL OP 4 PER CONNECTION) 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5.8 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS a 16" O.C- TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT (GI) LASER CUT ALUMINUM 'FALCON' WITH CIRCULAR GRIND PATTERN ICON SET OFF GYP. BD. WALL FACE 1 I/2" WITH BLUE NEON BEHIND, BEYOND 1/2" THK. CLR. TEMP GLASS. LOCATE REMOTE TRANSFORMER WHERE ACCESSIBLE FOR SERVICING YET NOT VISIBLE TO PUBLIC 1 -1/2 "HX3 /4" WOOD PERIMETER TRIM COVERED WITH WHITE -- PLAS. LAMINATE 4 "X4" BRUSHED 5.S, HORIZONTAL MULLION (TYP. -BOTH SIDES) HIGH STRENGTH VENEER PLASTER (VP) WITH INTEGRAL COLOR ADHERED TO IMPERIAL BRAND GYPSUM BASE (ULTRACODE CORE) AS PER MANUF. SPECS. ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP, BD 1/2" THICK CLR. TEMP. GLASS SET IN 6" HIGH 5.5. GLAZING BASE (TYP -ROTH SIDES) SELF TAPPING 4"10- 16X5 /8, HWH SD SCREWS (TYPICAL OF 4 PER CONNECTION) 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5.8 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 40 16" O.C.. TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT (GI) 18" HIGH INDIVIDUAL INTERNALLY ILLUM. 'SHIEKH' STOREFRONT SIGN MOUNTED ON TOP OF 4 "X4" S.S. MULLION - CENTER IN OPENING. SIGN MANUF.. TO PROVIDE SIGN SHOP DUGS. TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 4 "X4" BRUSHED 8A HORIZONTAL MULLION (TYP. -BOTH SIDES) HIGH STRENGTH VENEER PLASTER (VP) WITH INTEGRAL COLOR ADHERED TO IMPERIAL BRAND GYPSUM BASE (ULTRACODE CORE) AS PER MANUF. SPECS, ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD 1/2" NICK CLR. TEMP. GLASS SET IN 6" HIGH S.S. GLAZING BASE (TYP -BOTH SIDES) MALL STEPPED DISPLAY PLATFORM a +18" APP. TO BE COVERED WITH WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4" FIBERBD. TENANT 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) I -I/2 "HX3 /4" WOOD PERIMETER TRIM COVERED WITH WHITE PLAS, LAMINATE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM (SW) PANELING DECy MAR EXTRUDED ALUMINUM PANELING STEPPED DISPLAY PLATFORM e +6!' AFF. TO BE COV'D. WITH 12 "XI2" WHITE CER. TILE (CTI) iiuktfulla G DIVISK1M 3 5/8 " -18 GA. METAL STUDS * 16" O.C. COVERED WITH 5/8" w.R. GYP. BD. STOREFRONT SECTION T1RU D (SPLAY WINDOW 1/2" 11_0" Sheet JAM 292010 es EQ EQ e w r s U! e e ALL METAL STUDS ARE TO PE FASTENED UJITN #10- 1�oX� /8 4WI-4 SD SCREW MANUFACTURED Err DIETRICH INDUSTRIES. MIMNUM OF (4) SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION NOTE: A SEPARATE PERMIT WILL BE REQUIRED FOR ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN. SIGN TO BE INSTALLED BY SIGN INSTALLER NOTE: METAL STUDS AND CEILING JOISTS ARE TO 1:3E 'VIPERSTUDS' MANUFACTURED 5'( CEMCO ICC- ESR- U40 BLADE SIGN SPECIFICATIONS: - INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN - PUSH THRU ACRYLIC OR ROUTED LETTERS WITH LED FOR ILLUMINATION - BLADE SIGN TO BE MOUNTED +10' -0" A.F.F. TO TOP OF SIGN - GRAPHICS ON TWO SIDES OF BLADE SIGN- SIDES MUST BE 71-1E SAME COLOR/ FINISH AS FACES OF SIGN - MOUNTING PLATES TO BE ATTACHED TO TEMP. GLASS STOREFRONT- SEE DETAIL ABOVE - SIGN BOX TO SLIDE OVER MOUNTING PLATE AND IS TO BE AFFIXED WITH MINIMALLY VISIBLE SCREWS TOP AND BOTTOM NOTE: ALL EXISTING FRAMING 1S SHOWN SHADED NOTE: METAL PANELING TO SE BENT ON METAL BRAKE AND THEN POWDER COATED AND INSTALLED ON GYP. BD. NOTE: METAL PANELING TO BE BENT ON METAL BRAKE AND THEN POWDER COATED AND INSTALLED ON GYP. BD. EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST * 6' -0" O.C. EXISTING 4 "X12" STL BEAM EXISTING MALI.. STRUCTURE (SHOWN SHADED) EXISTING METAL DECK EXISTING STEEL EAR JOIST a 6' -0" O.G. EXISTING 4 "X12" STL BEAM 3 5/8 " -18 GA. METAL STUDS e I6" O.C. SCREWED TO EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING CONT. 3 5/8 " -18 GA. METAL TRACK SCREWED TO 3 5 /8 " -I8 A. STUDS e 16" O.G. / EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING .120 THK. ALUMINUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/8" TYEP 'X' GYP. F.D.. G.C. TO INSTALL WITH EDGES BUTTED TOGETHER w17H ZERO TOLERANCE JOINT GAP. G.C. TO VERIFY SUB SURFACE IS ABSOLUTELY FLAT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PANELS. PANELS SHALL HAVE NO DISTORTION 3 5/8 ".18 GA. METAL STUDS 16" O.G. SCREWED TO EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING CONT. 3 5/8 " -IS GA. METAL TRACK SCREWED TO 3 5/8 " -I8 GA. STUDS ED 16" O.C. / EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING .120 TI-1K. ALUMINUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/8" TYEP 'X' GYP. BD.. GC, TO INSTALL WIN EDGES BUTTED TOGETHER WITH ZERO TOLERANCE JOINT GAP. G.C. TO VERIFY SUB SURFACE 1S ABSOLUTELY FLAT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM PANELS. PANELS SHALL HAVE NO DISTORTION SELF TAPPING "10- I6X5/8 HWH SD SCREWS (TYPICAL OP 4 PER CONNECTION) 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5.8 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS a 16" O.C- TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT (GI) LASER CUT ALUMINUM 'FALCON' WITH CIRCULAR GRIND PATTERN ICON SET OFF GYP. BD. WALL FACE 1 I/2" WITH BLUE NEON BEHIND, BEYOND 1/2" THK. CLR. TEMP GLASS. LOCATE REMOTE TRANSFORMER WHERE ACCESSIBLE FOR SERVICING YET NOT VISIBLE TO PUBLIC 1 -1/2 "HX3 /4" WOOD PERIMETER TRIM COVERED WITH WHITE -- PLAS. LAMINATE 4 "X4" BRUSHED 5.S, HORIZONTAL MULLION (TYP. -BOTH SIDES) HIGH STRENGTH VENEER PLASTER (VP) WITH INTEGRAL COLOR ADHERED TO IMPERIAL BRAND GYPSUM BASE (ULTRACODE CORE) AS PER MANUF. SPECS. ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP, BD 1/2" THICK CLR. TEMP. GLASS SET IN 6" HIGH 5.5. GLAZING BASE (TYP -ROTH SIDES) SELF TAPPING 4"10- 16X5 /8, HWH SD SCREWS (TYPICAL OF 4 PER CONNECTION) 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5.8 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 40 16" O.C.. TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT (GI) 18" HIGH INDIVIDUAL INTERNALLY ILLUM. 'SHIEKH' STOREFRONT SIGN MOUNTED ON TOP OF 4 "X4" S.S. MULLION - CENTER IN OPENING. SIGN MANUF.. TO PROVIDE SIGN SHOP DUGS. TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 4 "X4" BRUSHED 8A HORIZONTAL MULLION (TYP. -BOTH SIDES) HIGH STRENGTH VENEER PLASTER (VP) WITH INTEGRAL COLOR ADHERED TO IMPERIAL BRAND GYPSUM BASE (ULTRACODE CORE) AS PER MANUF. SPECS, ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD 1/2" NICK CLR. TEMP. GLASS SET IN 6" HIGH S.S. GLAZING BASE (TYP -BOTH SIDES) MALL STEPPED DISPLAY PLATFORM a +18" APP. TO BE COVERED WITH WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4" FIBERBD. TENANT 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) I -I/2 "HX3 /4" WOOD PERIMETER TRIM COVERED WITH WHITE PLAS, LAMINATE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM (SW) PANELING DECy MAR EXTRUDED ALUMINUM PANELING STEPPED DISPLAY PLATFORM e +6!' AFF. TO BE COV'D. WITH 12 "XI2" WHITE CER. TILE (CTI) iiuktfulla G DIVISK1M 3 5/8 " -18 GA. METAL STUDS * 16" O.C. COVERED WITH 5/8" w.R. GYP. BD. STOREFRONT SECTION T1RU D (SPLAY WINDOW 1/2" 11_0" Sheet JAM 292010 REVISIONS UNISTRUT HANGER ATTACHED TO EXISTING STRUCT. STEEL FRAMING ALL POWER TO MONITOR TO BE RUN THRU SUPPORT ROCS. J -BOX LOCATED AT DECK 6" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. r— FACE (TYP.) 9 "X12" EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL (SW) PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. FACE -5TM MTD. w +9' -0" ON DACE ICAL) CENTER 7 3 "X12" EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL (SW) PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. FACE -BTM MID. +9140" APP. (TYPICAL) CENTER ON FACE I "Xl" ALUM. REVEAL (TYP. e TOP OF COLUMNS) SEE 5 /A -6 34U8 rp15,11,3 i m 2:0:34iiratfai it u.attb".t"a.Cv w"" REGISTERED ARCHITECT UP TO METAL DECK 6" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. FACE (TYP.) UP TO METAL DECK 6" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD FACE (TYP.) PLASMA SCREEN 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS SET 6" HIGH S.S. GLAZING BASE 4 4 "x4" VERTICAL MULLIONS WITH 1/6" AIR GAPS- BUTT JOINT (TYP -BOTH SIDES) ' ,r' n x , t. 4 ■ ,n x ' °a' lk3 i1 • _ ;;- 111111111111111111111111 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111101 11111111111111111111i1111111,11111111111111111111 111uaasrnu®=sisit: EXTRUDED ALUM. =- PANELING ( +6" A. TO +1' -6" APP) C (TYPICAL) 5 1/2" HIGH JET BLACK CERAMIC TILE W/ JET BLACK GROUT (TYPICAL 0 SALES AREA) SEE 10/A -6 EXTRUDED ALUM. ' PANELING (+6" APP. t0 +-P -6" A.P.P.) 0 (TYPICAL) 5 1/2" HIGH JET BLACK CERAMIC TILE W/ JET — SLACK GROUT (TYPICAL 0 SALES AREA)("% SEE I0/A-6 HIGH STRENGTH (VP) VENEER PLASTER W/ INTEGRAL COLOR ON ALL COLUMNS -FACE 4 SIDES (TYPICAL) 12" x 60" PLATE GLASS MIRROR WITH POLISHED EDGES 4 "J" MULLION EXTRUDED ALUM. PANELING ( +5 1/2" A.F.F. TO +7-6" APP.) sW (TYPICAL) --5 I /2" 1.1IG1-1 JET BLACK CERAMIC TILE W/ JET BLACK GROUT (TYPICAL SALES AREA) SEE 10/4 -6 9 "X12" EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL (SW) PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. FACE -BIM MTD. +9' »0" APP. (TYPICAL) CENTER ON FACE 3 "X12" EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL (SW) PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. — FACE +BTM MTD. e APP. (TYPICAL) CENTER ON FACE 6" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP, D. FACE (TYP.) 6" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUM. SLATWALL PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. FACE (TYP.) PAINT ALL WALLS, EQUIPMENT, WIRING, DUCTING, ETC. ABOVE THE GYP. BD. PERIMETER SOFFIT (GI) BEHR PAINT 6" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUM, SLATWALL PANEL RECESSED FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. FACE (TYP.) I "Xl" ALUM. REVEAL (TYP. e TOP OF COLUMNS) -SEE 5/A -6 UP TO METAL DECK HIGH STRENGTi-4 VENEER PLASTER (VP) W/ INTEGRAL COLOR ON ALL COLUMNS -FACE 4 SIDES (TYPICAL) 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP, GLASS SET 6" HIGH S.S. GLAZING BASE 4 4"x4" VERTICAL MULLIONS WItW 1/8" AIR GAPS- BUTT JOINT (TYP -BATH SIDES) 141G1-1 STRENGTH (VP) VENEER PLASTER W/ INTEGRAL COLOR ON ALL COLUMNS -FACE 4 .SIDES (TYPICAL) EXTRUDED ALUM. PANELING (FLR. TO +36" A.F.P.) (TYPICAL) IC 19" WIDE X 30" HIGH WOOD DOOR COVD. ALUM. EXTRUDED PANELING (BOTH SIDES) WITH CONT. PIANO HINGE G.C. TO SUBMIT SHOP DWGS. TO OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION MOUNTED w +6 1/4 APP. (TYPICAL) VERIFY EXACT SIZE IN FIELD " EXTRUDED ALUM. PANELING PLR. TO +36" APP.) (TYPICAL) SU L --HIGH STRENGTH (VP) VENEER PLASTER W/ INTEGRAL COLOR ON ALL COLUMNS -FACE 4 SIDES (TYPICAL) 5 1/2" HIGH JET BLACK - CERAMIC TILE W/ JET BLACK GROUT (TYPICAL 6 SALES AREA)/ SEE 10/A -6 C.-7 12" x 60" PLATE GLASS MIRROR WITH POLISHED EDGES 4 "J" MULLION - -NICxW STRENGTH (VP) VENEER PLASTER W/ INTEGRAL COLOR ON ALL COLUMNS FACE 4 SIDES (TYPICAL) EXTRUDED ALUM. PANELING ( +5 1/2" AFF. TO +i' -6" A.F.F.) SW (TYPICAL) %1A 0 2010 " SCALE: 1/4" 411' 0' 0Y Of TL! �l BUILDING Dlingnm 1 -14 -10 Drawn B. MARTENEY JAPE 2 9 2019 Sheet Of A 5 Sheets HIGH STRENGTH VENEER PLASTER OVER 5 /S' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD, OVER 3 5/S " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 16" O.C. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TRIM MOLDING- 'FLANNERY INC. GYP. S. 'Z' MOLDING +'F -625 -100 5 1/2" HIGH JET BLACK CERAMIC TILE WITH JET BLACK GROUT OVER THIN SET ON 1/4' FIBER BACKER BOARD • ................................ .•............................. COLUMN TILE SASE DETAIL_ 3 - 1 -0 WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE COVERED 3/4" PLYWOOD WITH 11/2" EDGE FLAN 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/S " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 6 16" O.C.- PAINT HIGH STRENGTH VENEER PLASTER OVER 5/8' TYPE ,'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/6" -20 GA. METAL STUDS 67 I6" D.C. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TRIM MOLDING- 'FLANNERY INC. GYP. S. REVEAL OR EQUAL 1'DEW6- 625 -100 EXISTING REVEAL DETAIL e TOP OF COLUMN METAL DECK EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST 6' 40° O.C. 3" It 0" 3 5/S " -IS GA. METAL STUDS le 16" O.C. SCREWED TO EXISTING STRUCT STEEL FRAMING WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE COVERED 3/4" PLYWOOD WITH 1 1/2" EDGE ELEVATION COLUMN 1-44ND AC SHELVING 1/2„ 1-0, CANT, 3 5/8 " -20 GA. METAL STUD TRACK SCREWED TO EXISTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 12 "X12" CERAMIC TILE WIN JET BLACK GROUT BLACK RUBBER REDUCER TRANSITION STRIP - ROPPE *21 OR EQUAL SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 :2 T-- EXISTING CONC. .. °. SLAB CER. TILE TRANSITION DETAIL_ 3" 1' -0" NOTE: G.C. TO GRIND EXISTING CONC. SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR FLUSH TILE INSTALLATION BRUSHED ALUMINUM 'L' ANGLE 'RAM -SET' INTO CONC. SLAB LANDLORD'S MALL FLOORING 1/4" GROUT JOINT WIITH JET BLACK GROUT 12 "X12" CERAMIC TILE WITH JET BLACK GROUT MALL TILE/ GER. TILE TRANSITION DETAIL. 3" _ 1' -0" SHEET VINYL - FLOORING WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE (PL) OVER 3/4" NICK MDF BOARD NOTE: METAL PANELING TO BE BENT ON METAL BRAKE AND THEN POWDER COATED AND INSTALLED ON GYP. P. 6 1/2" 11/2" X 3/4" MDF COVERED WITH WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE (PL) EXISTING 5/8 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS m I6" O,C. "10- 16X5 /S SCREWS 6 IS" O.C. TO BE ALUMINUM TO PREVENT CORROSION EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SLATWALL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. D. OVER 3.5/S " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 6 l6" O.C. D ISFL *4Y ULKk AD DETAILa 3" = 1' -0'1 BLACK RUBBER REDUCER TRANSITION STRIP - ROPPE "2I OR EQUAL SHIT. VINYL_ NOTE: METAL STUDS ARE TO BE MANUFACTURED B1' DIETRICH INDUSTRIES. ICC REPORT «ESR -1911 MAX -^�-- EXISTING CONC. SLAB TIRANSITIOil DETAIL 3" 1' -0 ALL METAL STUDS ARE TO BE FASTENED WITH #10 -1 X /S 1- 111JI -I SD SCREWS MANUFACTURED BY DIETRIC4 -4 INDUSTRIES. MIMINUM OF (4) SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION 3 5/8 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. ATTACHED TO CONT. 3 5/S " -20 GA. METAL TRACK SCREWED TO EXISTING STRUCT STEEL BAR JOISTS * 6' -0" O.C. COV'D. W/ 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP, BD. (PLR.. TO METAL DECK) 6 1/4" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUM. SLOT WALL SINGLE STRIP (FLAT BACKING TO BE SCREWED TO METAL STUDS 16" O.C.) FACE OF SLOTWALL TO BE FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. FACE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/S " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 6 16" O.G.- TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT (GI) (FLOOR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) BOTH SIDES ICC *: ER -41641 6 1/4" 141G1-1 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SLOTWALL SINGLE STRIPS (FLAT BACKING MATERIAL TO BE SCREWED TO METAL STUDS FOR ADDIT. STRENGTH) APPLIED ON TOP OF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. 3 5/S " -20 GA. CONT. METAL STUD TRACK SECURED TO SLAB WITH (1) 'HILT!' .139 DIA. DOME HEAD POWDER DRIVEN NAILS (I 1/S" MIN. PENETRATION) 624 "O.C. ICC ESR *2269 5 1/2" HIGH JET BLACK (JBI) CERAMIC TILE BASE WIN BLACK GROUT SAL E S AREA REAR WALL_ DETAIL_ 1/2 " =1' -0" EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SLATWALL PANELS ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" -20 GA. METAL STUDS 6 16" O.C. 5 1/2" HIGH JET BLACK CERAMIC TILE WIN JET BLACK GROUT OVER THIN SET ON 1/4' FIBER BACKER BOARD I2 "XI2" WHITE CERAMIC TILE ON THIN SET --- -� 10 WALL SASE SECTION ' ALUM. SL.ATLuAL_L RAN LS 3" CONTINUOUS BLOCKING AS REQUIRED EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP, BD. ON METAL STUD FRAMING .120 TI-IU. ALUMINUM PANEL WITH TRANSLUCENT BLUE POWDER COAT FINISH ADHERED TO 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.— FIRE TREATED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED RECESSED I 1/2" HIGH X 1/2" WIDE CLR. ANOD. ALUMINUM GLAZING CHANNEL 1/2" THK. CLR. TEMP. GLASS STOREFRONT DETAIL. P-011 EXISTING METAL DECK ON EXISTING METAL STRUCTURE n 3 5/8 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS * 16" O.C. 311 - EXISTING 6 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 6 16" O.C. ATTACHED TO EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE ABOVE COV'1D. W/ 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (PLR. TO METAL DECK) 6 1/4" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUM. SLOT WALL SINGLE STRIP (FLAT SACKING TO BE SCREWED TO METAL STUDS 16" O.C.) FACE OF SLOTWALL TO SE FLUSH WITH GYP. BD. FACE 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 2 1/2 " -20 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16" O.G.- TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT (GI) F I /S" PAINT INTERIOR OF LIGHT COVE (G1) EXISTING DEMISING WALL 6 1/4" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SLOTWALL SINGLE STRIPS (FLAT BACKING MATERIAL TO BE SCREWED TO METAL STUDS FOR ADDIT. STRENGTH) APPLIED ON TOP OF 5 /S" TYPE 'X' GYP. D. 5 1/2" HIGH JET BLACK OBI) CERAMIC TILE SASE WITH BLACK GROUT SAL Es AREA LIGHT COVE/ WALL DETAIL. 1/2" -0" REVISIONS BY 3408 REGISTERED ARCHIT CT t0' • VD A. UEK( STATE OF WASHINGTON o(0 DOOR FINISH HARDWARE NOTES: 2 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP. GLASS ENTRY DOOR: - 'HERCULITE' OR EQUAL WITH PIVOT HINGES m TOP 4 BOTTOM - 12" "U" SHAPED SATIN PULLS HARDWARE FINISH TO BE POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL G.G. TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION HANDICAP ACCESS. TOILET ROOM : LEVER HARDWARE TO BE SCHLAGE "D" SERIES " RHODES PRIVACY LOCK WITH 626 SATIN CHROME PLATED - DOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SELF CLOSER LCN 4040 - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL (GI) SATIN FINISH REAR EXIT DOOR (EXISTING TO REMAIN) ,EXIT DEVICE: I. vONDUPRIN SERIES 22 ALK (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) SATIN CROME FINISH PUSH BAR PANIC HARDWARE MUST BE "FIRE EXIT TYPE" WITH ALARM EXIT DOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SELF CLOSER LCN 4040 - EXIT DOOR SHALL SE PAINTED TO MATCH EXTERIOR BUILDING COLOR GENERAL DOOR NOTES LOCK CYLINDER 4 KEYS I. PROVIDE 2 KEYS FOR EACH LOCK 2. EACH LOCK TO BE EQUIPPED WITH REMOVABLE CORE CYLINDER 4 PIN TUMBLERS. 3. SCHLAGE HARDWARE ONLY NO OTHER MANUFACTURERS PRODUCTS TO BE SUBSTITUTED (NO EXCEPTIONS) DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR NO. DOOR TYPE DOOR SIZE (WIDTH x HEIGHT x DEPTH) DOOR MATERIAL FRAME MATERIAL DETAILS HEAD JAMS SILL RATING (MIN.) HARDWARE REMARKS (2) 42" x 10' -0" 1/2" TEMP. GLASS N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SEE FIN. DOOR HDW. NOTE M1 G.C. TO SUBMIT SHOP DWGS. TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL 3' -0" x 1' -0" x 1 3/4" SC WOOD H. MTL H. MTL H. MTL 13/ A -6 N/A $EE FIN. DOOR HDW. NOTE *22 3' -0" x 11 -0" x 13/4" (EXISTING TO REMAIN) H METAL EXISTG H. MTL EXISTG H. MTL EXISTG H. MTL EXISTG N/A 90 MIN. SEE FIN. DOOR HOW. NOTE "3' s �I `�' HM _ HOLLOW METAL IN C1415 HOLLOW SOILED CORE / HARDB/ORD FACES FACES (EXIST. OR (E) w EXISTING) GLASS ALUM =ALUMINUM DOOR TYPES O v, PUSH / PULL I- IARDWARE DOOR PIVOT AT 2 -3/4" FR OUTSIDE ED OF DOOR TO CENTER LINE OF PIVOT (T�' 1/2" THICK CLR. TEMP. GLASS ENTRY MOORS CK LEVER TYi HARDWAR c 1A E MAR 0 9 2 B J L D O City of fI" 2 SOLID CORE OR HOLLOW CORE /HARDBOARD FACE -SEE SCHEDULE WITH GLIDDEN ULTRA -PURE WHITE LATEX SEMI. GLOSS. NOTE; FOR DOOR HARDWARE, REFER TO DOOR SPECIFICATION AND HARDWARE GROUPS PAINT SEMI -GLOSS PANIC HARDWARE SY TENANT G.C. RECEIVED FEB 0 4 2010 PERMIT CENTER JAN 2 9 2010 W O Z 0 0 w CO ci CO W z 0Z W b. w = Z Z U =Q Zap UF—CO J OWOOW COI CO CO SHEET :TITLE: C J e+„C W W w..1® ® Z WQ Z OC 0 P O Ow Cl Cl, Pate 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet A Of Sheets DOO LOCK 10 "KI PLATT \\\ 9 =, E 7 ® 1/2" THICK CLR. TEMP. GLASS ENTRY MOORS CK LEVER TYi HARDWAR c 1A E MAR 0 9 2 B J L D O City of fI" 2 SOLID CORE OR HOLLOW CORE /HARDBOARD FACE -SEE SCHEDULE WITH GLIDDEN ULTRA -PURE WHITE LATEX SEMI. GLOSS. NOTE; FOR DOOR HARDWARE, REFER TO DOOR SPECIFICATION AND HARDWARE GROUPS PAINT SEMI -GLOSS PANIC HARDWARE SY TENANT G.C. RECEIVED FEB 0 4 2010 PERMIT CENTER JAN 2 9 2010 W O Z 0 0 w CO ci CO W z 0Z W b. w = Z Z U =Q Zap UF—CO J OWOOW COI CO CO SHEET :TITLE: C J e+„C W W w..1® ® Z WQ Z OC 0 P O Ow Cl Cl, Pate 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet A Of Sheets BACK BACK COUNTER +42" HIGH, COUNTER TOP 4' -1" 5' -2" GROMMETS (V FOR POWER AND DATA CABLES TO COMPUTER AND CC MACHINE PERFORATED METAL +42' C CONTINUOUS BLUE ROPE LIGHT AROUND PERIMETER +34" HIGH ACCESSIBLE COUNTER TOP PLAN vYGr_ rr11`1I TRADE PLYWOOD WIN 2 COATS 'F G -2 PAINT COLOR ARP CASH WRAP INTER TOP BY WHITE LAMINATE PLASTIC TOP (TYPICAL) +34 POI 4'-'1" 6' -3" 1.,.01.1 I I vM =, M I I J U M I I Javia► aacO-v O < . PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 * a m FAX: (480) 614- 0209 x. s U' n CO W 0 2'10" ;Q WJ PROJECT= SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE.. #440 984/ 986 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE= CASHWRAP FIXTURE, SEATING BENCH AND DISPLAY TABLE DETAILS pate 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -0" r Job Sheet 11 Of Sheets A rrr_ r .,«�rrrv....,,,..r_ra,_- r...�r_ ..r..,,�...r..r rir�iari�iarA►i. r_s,..iriwiJ' r�r�i�i�i�ias. airier .►.rimer rr rr�r�r a %-J 'n \ WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE TOP (TYPICAL) . SCALE: 1/2" =I' -0" NOTE: SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR CORRECT ORIENTATION OF CASNtURAP PRIOR TO FABRICATION ' AF.F CASH WRAP COUNTER TOP WAND! CAP ACCESS EXTRUDED ALUM. SLAT WALL PANELS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE FIELD. TO BE TRIMED AS REQUIRED. JET SLACK CERAMIC TILES WITH JET BLACK GROUT FRONT ELEVATION 6" DEEP PENCIL DRAWER SCALE: 1/2" Ea EQ CENTER DIVIDER JET BLACK CERAMIC TILE WITH JET BLACK GROUT LOCKABLE SLIDING DOORS ENTIRE CASH COUNTER TO BE PAINTED WITH 0-2 PAINT COLOR PULL OUT SHELVES AT EACH SIDE OF DIVIDERS READ' ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" e1' -0" ADJUSTABLE -- PLYWOOD SHELVES -FAINT 62 PLASTIC LAMINATE Top (TYPICAL) BI -PASS SLIDING POOR PAINT G2 . JET BLACK CERAMIC TILE BASE WITH BLACK GROUT 1BACK COUNTER ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" al'•O" C,4SHUJRAF COUNTER WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON V4" PLYWOOD Ya" REVEAL PERFORATED METAL OVER PAINT GRADE PLYWOOD -- PAINTED WITH 6-2 PAINT COLOR CASE WORK TOP DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 40" n .120 THICK TRANSCLUSCENT WHITE LUCITE SHEET ATTACHED WITH DOUBLE STICK FOAM TAPE TO 3/4 "X3/4" SUPPORTS 2 "X2 "X .120 ALUM. tUBING W/ WELDED CAP AT TOP 4 BOTTOM --- 3/4" X 3/4" X .120 ALUM TUBE SUPPORTS WELDED TO 2" DIA. TUBES PLAN VIEW SCALE; 3/4" =1' -0" AREVISED 9 -I -09 DI .120 THICK TRANSCLUSCENT WHITE LUCITE SHEET ATTACHED WITH DOUBLE STICK FOAM TAPE TO 3/4 "X3/4" SUPPORTS NOTE: FINISH OF ALUM TO BE CHROME POWDER COAT SUBMIT SAMPLE TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION 2 "X2 "X .120 ALUM. TUBING 40" FRONT VIEW SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" .120 THK ALUM PANEL W114 'FALCON' ICON CUTOUTS ATTACHED TO 3/4 "X3/4" ALUM FRAME. PANEL TO HAVE TRANSLUSCENT BLUE FINISH (SUBMIT SAMPLE TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION) 3/4" X 3/4" X .120 ALUM —TUBE SUPPORTS WELDED TO 2" ■IA. TUBES SECTION _'A' • SCALE: 3/4" =I' -0" 2"X2">< .120 ALUM. TUBING W/ WELDED CAP AT TOP 4 BOTTOM NOTE; PROVIDE NON SLIP FOOT FOR TABLE LEGS 30" SHOP DRAWINGS 4 COLOR/ MATERIAL SAMPLES MUST BE PROVIDED TO OWNWER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION 2 "X2" X .120 ALUM. TUBING .120 THK ALUM PANEL WIN 'FALCON' ICON CUTOUTS ATTACHED TO 3/4 "X3 /4" ALUM FRAME. PANEL TO HAVE TRANSLUSCENT BLUE FINISH (SUBMIT SAMPLE TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION) SIDE VIEW SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" LARGE NESTING TALE SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" 35" n .120 THICK TRANSCLUSCENT-- - WHITE LUCITE SHEET ATTACHED WIN DOUBLE STICK FOAM TAPE TO 3/4 "X3/4" SUPPORTS 0 2 "X2 "X X .120 ALUM. TUBING W/ WELDED CAP AT TOP 4 BOTTOM 3/4" X 3/4" X ;I20 ALUM CUBE SUPPORTS WELDED TO 2" DIA. TUBES 4 LACK WELDED TO PERFORATED ALUM SHEET (TYPICAL) PLAN VIEW SCALE: 3/4" =I'-0" N c 35" FRONT VIEW SCALE: 3/4" e I' -f " 2 "X2 "X .120 ALUM. TUBING 120 THK ALUM PANEL WIN 'FALCON' ICON CUTOUTS ATTACHED TO 3/4 "X3/4" ALUM FRAME. PANEL TO HAVE TRANSLUSCENT BLUE FINISH (SUBMIT SAMPLE t0 OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION) NOTE: $HOP DRAWINGS 4 COLOR/ MATERIAL SAMPLES MUST BE PROVIDED TO OWNWER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION SECTION 'A' SCALE: 3/4" =1'-, .120 THICK TRANSCLUSCENT WHITE LUCITE SHEET ATTACHED WIN DOUBLE STICK FOAM TAPE TO 3/4 "X3/4" SUPPORTS NOTE; PROVIDE NON -SLIP FOOT FOR TABLE LEGS NOTE: FINISH OF ALUM TO BE CHROME POWDER COAT SUBMIT SAMPLE TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION 30" U MEW :� F x PiAR 0 9 2010 City o 'Tukwila BUILDING OIV!$9S 2"X 2 "X .120 ---- ALUM. TUBING RECEIVE FEB 04 2010 PERMIT CENTER SMALL NESTING TABLE SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" SIDE VIEW .120 THK ALUM PANEL WITH 'FALCON' ICON CUTOUTS ATTACHED TO 3/4 "X3/4" ALUM FRAME. PANEL TO HAVE TRANSLUSCENT BLUE FINISH (SUBMIT SAMPLE TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION) SCALE: 3/4" NI' -0" JAM 2 9 2010 REVISIONS BY 1.,.01.1 I I vM =, M I I J U M I I Javia► aacO-v O < . PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 * a m FAX: (480) 614- 0209 x. s U' n CO W 0 WJ PROJECT= SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE.. #440 984/ 986 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE= CASHWRAP FIXTURE, SEATING BENCH AND DISPLAY TABLE DETAILS pate 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet A.7 Of Sheets 9 PUSHBUTTON ® 48" _ " A.F.F. WIRED TO BUZZER ® CASHWRAP NOTE TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE ALL NON CODE COMPLIANT EQUIPMENT AT TENANT COST. NOTE ALL UNUSED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT NEEDS TO BE REMOVED DURING DEMO PROCESS. NOTE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND VERI CONDITIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL ELECTRICAL DEV I CEE (LIGHT FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC) AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CONDUIT 4 HIRING BACK TO PANEL, THAT 15 NOT BEING REUSED. NOTHING SHALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. NOTE ALL HIRINGSHALL BE IN CONDUIT (EMT OR RIGID). FLEXIBLE CONDUIT MAY ONLY BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM OUTLET BOXES TO LIGHT FIXTURES, MOTORS, APPLIANCES, ETC., (MAX. LENGTH, 6 FEET) NO BX, ROMEX, ARMORED CABLE, ETC. ALLOHED. NOTE PRIOR TO BID CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE "TENANT STORE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION MANUAL FROM ARCH. OR MALL AND SHALL ADHERE TO APPLICABLE SECTIONS. L-20 L -18 r■-_ --.� AWU -2 1 1 (EXISTING)® L-39,41 NOTE: EXACT PL AN UNITS UNKN CONDITIONS L OWN Ii\ OGATION OF CONDENSING . VERIFY LOCATION AND FIELD. - - - -.� r - - - -1 CU -1 1 1 AC ,17.0 -2 1 ISTING)1 1 (EXISTING)1 owl L�� Dt L -16 H L -40,42 70 FNI%LMAHT CKT. L -19 VERIFY EXACT ROUTING AND LOCATION OF TERMINATIONS W1T1-1 ARCHITECT /OWNER. FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2A -1OSG TO TELGO BACKBOA L -14 I. L -10 L -12 -- -ten►► L-26 r LARGE TABLE SMALL TABLE NOTE: TELJDATA LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED BY E.C. INCLUDING ALL CABLE, BOXES, ETC. LARGE TABLE SMALL TABLE CLG. OUTLET L-2 0 L-8 E J -BOX FOR TV SUSP. . / S.S.ODS (VERIFY EXACT L C AT ^? 7: TEN. PROJECT MANAGER) (2) LIGHTING CONTACTOR 5 T �' ® 48" A.F.F. VERIFY LOGATI MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH TENS Pf MANAGER ( SEE SHEET E -5) All L-6 POWER PLAN SCALE : 1/4 "= 1 / -0° NOTE TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE IS ADEQUATE FOR NEW DESIGN. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALL CHANGES AT TENANT'S COST. NOTE EMPLOY LANDLORD FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR FOR ALL CONNECTIONS TO LANDLORD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH MALL OPERATIONS. THE FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE MALL'S GUARDIAN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL CONNECTION DETAILS ARE ISSUED AT THE PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING. 60' -q" 11► • NOTE: VERIFY ANY SAW CUTTING OR CORE DRILLING OF SLAB WITH ON SITE LANDLORD REP PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. CLG. OUTLET n co ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN NOTES 1. COORDINATE FIXTURE JUNCTION BOX REQUIREMENTS W/ FIXTURE VENDOR. 2. FOR EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 3. USE *10 AWG -CU WIRING FOR (120V,) CIRCUIT WOMERUNS EXCEEDING I00FT. OF ACTUAL LENGTH. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCREASE THE WIRE SIZE TO SUIT NECESSARY VOLTAGE DROP. VERIFY IN FIELD. ELECTRICAL VERIFICATION NOTE: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ROUGH ELECTRICAL WIRING, CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK NAMEPLATE DATA OF ALL H.VA.C. EQUIPMENT, WATER HEATERS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT, IN ORDER TO OBTAIN CORRECT WIRE SIZES, VOLTAGES, AND OVER - CURRENT PROTECTION. ADEQUATE SERVICE CAPACITY MUST 5E PROVIDED. SUBJECT TO ELECTRICAL INSPECTION. RF6 WED F( COD . "COMP �« 0 2010 'DIMMING WISP'. NOTE: TENANT G.C. SHALL DETERMINE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT IN FIELD AND PROVDE PANELS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS RATED ACCORDINGLY. GENERAL NOTES: RECEIVED MAR 012010 PERMIT CENTER 1. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO N.E.G. STATE AND LOCALL JURISDICTIONAL ORDINANCES INCLUDING LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES. 2. REGARDLESS OF THE EXISTING CIRCUITING, IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROPERLY BALANCE ALL BRANCH PHASES OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL TO WITHIN 10915 OF EACH OTHER. 5. MAXIMUM LOAD OF BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE 15% OF RATED CAPACITY. 4. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURE WORK SHALL BE WIRED PER ARTICLE 410 N.E.G. 5. PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER LOCK -ON FOR THE FOLLOWING: - EMERGENCY / EXIT 4 NIGHT STOREFRONT SIGN- SIGN- CASH REGISTER- SECURITY AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS- TIME CLOCK- FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS. 6. NOT USED _f. VERIFY EXISTING LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS (FIRE / SMOKE DETECTION) 15 IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND MAKE ALL NECESSARY REPAIRS. 8. TRACK LIGHTING CIRCUITS ARE TO BE COMPUTED AT A MINIMUM OF 150 VA PER 2 LINEAR PEET OF LIGHTING TRACK PER N.E.C. A10 -102. ci LAMP LOAD ON TRACK SHALL NOT EXCEED THE RATING OF TRACK CIRCUITS PER N.E.G. 410 -10115. REVISIONS BY A2 -22 -10 0VV I I VALC, /AM IGVIVI O7GUO PHONE: (480) 614- 3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 ■rn Si PROJECT. SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE *440 984/ 986 SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE POWER PLAN Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet E-1 Of Sheets STOCKROOM• CEILING: OPEN TO EXISTING METAL DECK ABOVE 0 +16' -I0 1/4" A.F.F. L 17 i L r - -r -1 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING ® +12' -0" A.F.F. FINISH * PAINT (G1) 1 8' -0" L 15 J 5.-O" r- L- 5,17 I FLUOR STRIPLIG, -1T� I TO BE HUNG • 13'-Or A. (TYPICAL) I- -- I I r- -r--I I I 15 -_L_ I-- s 10' -0" L -7 K4 T1 1' -4" L-27 K4 T/C^ L723 NOTE: ALL EXITWAYS ARE TO BE ILLUMINATED TO AT LEAST ONE FOOT CANDLE AT THE FLOOR LEVEL. LASER CUT ALUMINUM 'FALCON' W/ CIRCULAR GRIND PATTERN ICON SET OFF WALL FACE 11/2" WITH WHITE NEON BEHIND LOCATED ON VERTICAL SOFFIT FACE BEHIND GLAZING (PROVIDE LOCAL MEANS OP DISCONNECT PER NEC) I-- __L_ r tO 15 17 17 __L_J 15 L-21 K4 T/C^ 31 -O" L=9 1-23 17 I> L-23 'SIGN PROVIDE LOCAL MEANS OF DISCONNECT PER NEC ui, EQ EQ 15 17 L_ 12" 51 -0" 15 MOUNT BTM. OF FIXTURES - +8' -0" A.F.F. X18" HIGH INDIVIDUAL HALO (REVERSE LIT) '5441EK1-1' STOREFRONT SIGN MOUNTED ON TOP OF 4 "X4" S.S. MULLION - CENTER IN OPENING. SIGN MANUF. TO PROVIDE SIGN SHOP DWGS. TO LANDLORD FOR APPROV PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 3' -0' L_ ' -O" -J TO REG. IN TOILET RRt L -19 1' -0" 17 15 47 L__L_J 15 EQ LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE HUNG • +12' -0" A.F.F. (TYP. OF 11) EF -1 71L23� 1' -4" FURNISH 4 INSTALL OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH LIGHTING PLAN SCALE : I/4 "= I / -O" LIGHTING CONTACTOR Q H r EM LIGHTS (SWITCHED) AC BALLAST EMERGENCY BALLAST L AC BALLAST NIGHT LIGHTS (UNSWITCHED) 8 I EM /NL BALLAST WIRING NOT TO SCALE FLAT SCREEN T.V. SUSPENDED FROM MALL STRUCTURE ABOVE W/ 5.5. PENDANT HANGERS. RUN POWER LINE THRU PENDANT HANGER. LOCATE J-BOX STRUGT. ABOVE- CENTERED ON OPENING BOTTOM 0 +=ILO" A.F.F. NOT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND VERIF' EXISTING CONDITIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICE (L I GIST FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, SNITCHES, ETC) AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CONDUIT 4 NIRING BACK TO PANEL, TI—IAT IS NOT BEING REUSED. NOT! -SING SMALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. NOTE: EXIT, EMERGENCY AND NIGHTLIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUITS. NOTE: SALES AREA LIGHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY TWO LIGHTING CONTACTORS (C1 & C2) NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ANTI -514AY BRACING FOR ALL SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURES AND DUCTING NOTE: MODIFICATIONS TO THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY THE FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION AND WILL REQUIRE A SEPARATE PERMIT. L -13 NOTE: STOREFRONT SIGNS) AND 91-10 WINDOW DOWNLIGHTS SHALL BE ON TIMECLOCK (CKTS. L -1, L -21, 4 L -21) LASER CUT ALUMINUM 'FALCON' W/ CIRCULAR GRIND PATTERN ICON SET OFF WALL FACE 1 1/2" WITH WHITE NEON BEHIND LOCATED ON VERTICAL SOFFIT FACE BEI -IIND GLAZING (PROVIDE LOCAL MEANS OF DISCONNECT PER NEC) 33 ilEVEVVED F CODE CO liPJJA • ,fog„€ - {►ti 0 9. 2Q10 B City of TukwwiIa I DING DIVISION LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER "LOW -BAY" METAL HALIDE SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE DURA -GUARD 0150114A CHB 16 15014 METAL HALIDE 14/ 1400K 4 36" CORD W/ LAMP REMARKS CONTACT: JERRY GILMAN AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING 510- 252 -1088 EXT 215 FAX 510-252-10=10 SUSPENDED/ MTD WITH AIRCRAFT GABLE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURES REMARKS EMERGENCY LIGHT "LOW -BAY" METAL HALIDE SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE WITH QUARTZ EMERGENCY LAMP PACKAGE. DURA -GUARD *150111-1A OHB 16 15014 METAL HALIDE W/ HOOK 4 36" CORD 14/ LAMP CONTACT: JERRY GILMAN AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING 510- 252 -1088 EXT 215 FAX 510- 252 -10=10 SUSPENDED/ MTD WITH AIRCRAFT CABLE INTERNALLY ILLUM. EXIT SIGN W/ 90 MN. BATTERY PACK- MOUNT SO AS NOT TO BE VISIBLE FROM MALL COMMON AREA NORA NX6OO GREEN • TRACK MOUNTED LIGHT 2', 4', G1 4 8' TRACKS PLC LIGHTING TR402 EXN NORA TRACK TRACKS ARE 2', 4', 6' 4 8' TRACKS TO BE ON PENDANTS- BIM • +12' -0" RECESSED FLUORESCENT DOWN LIGHT NORA NHP8128 HOUSING QUAD 18/821 SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE LAMP T -8 FLUOR. STRIPLIGHT DAYBRITE *N- 150- T8 -12C RECESSED IN ARCH, COVE. NSR -3 SERIES OR EQUAL 24"/56" LONG LAMPS AS REQ'D. TO FIT WITHIN 48" OF WALL NOT USED PENDANT LIGHT WITH SHADE ALFA 01-T21-P715- 12"X48" SURFACE MOUNTED FLUOR. W/ CLR. PRISMATIC LENSES CRECSENT S14BL 4OESBSU F4OC14 RECEIVED FEB 0 4 2010 PERMIT CENTER 0 48' LONG CHAIN HUNG SINGLE TUBE FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE BRILLIANT LIGHTING 120V WHITE POWDER I LAMP 48" 14/ INDUST. COATED FINISH HANGERS 24" LONG UNDER COUNTER LIGHT JESCO SP- 24 -G400K INCLUDES LAMP (2) HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH q0 MINUTE BATTERY PACK NORA BEBOO ocri a, o COMBINATION LED 4 NORA NEX -1O4- EMERGENCY -TOP GREEN LED /GREEN REVISIONS BY SCOTTSDALE, ARIZONA 85259 PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 Co UJ 0 LEI C. PROJECT. SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE '440 984/ 986 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE. LIGHTING PLAN Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -011 Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet Of Sheets ELECTRICAL NOTES E SPECIICATIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. QUOTATIONS: ALL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS FOUND UNDER "GENERAL CONDITIONS' AND "SPECIAL CONDITIONS" AS NELL AS INFORMATION FOUND WITHIN THIS SET OF DRAWINGS SHALL FORM WE BASIS OF DEVELOPING A BID, THEREFORE IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL SHEETS. THESE DRAWINGS ARE FOR 501418IATIC PURPOSES ONLY. WE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN 1.415 BID ALL COSTS TO MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION PER CODE REQUIREMENTS AND LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS AS CONTEMPLATED BY THESE DRAWINGS. THE QUOTATION SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, PERMITS AND FEES, AND ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL COSTS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE WE WORK AS SPECIFIED ON THESE PLANS. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING 1415 BID, WE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT WE SITE, AND INCLUDE IN 1415 FINAL PRICE ALL ADJUSTMENTS AND CHANGES REQUIRED BY EXISTING CONDITIONS. 2. INSURANCE: THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN 1415 PRICE THE COST OF ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE FOR PROTECTION AGAINST PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: UNLESS REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS ARE RECEIVED IN WRITING ALL BID PROCESS WILL BE FOR THE EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED ON THESE DRAWINGS. A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION, IN ORDER TO BE CONSIDERED, MUST INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION - PERFORMANCE DATA TEST RESULTS, AND OTHER PROOF THAT WE SUBMITTED ITEM IS OF EQUAL QUALITY. 4. WORKMANSHIP: ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN A FIRST CLASS WORKMANSHIP -LIKE MANNER, THE COMPLETED SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIVE AND BALANCED ACROSS ALL PHASES. ALSO, CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF (ONE) 1 YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. CORRECTION OF ANY DEFECTS SHALL BE COMPLETED WITH NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE AND SHALL INCLUDE OR MATERIALS DAMAGED BY SAID DEFECTS. 5. PERMITS, TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL: A. APPLY FOR, SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, LICENSES AND FEES. B. APPLY FOR, SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED TESTS AND INSPECTION FOR CODE COMPLIANCE. 6.GODES: ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO NE.C., STATE AND LOCAL ORDINANCES HAVING JURISDICTION. ALSO, INSTALLATION MUST MEET ALL LANDLORD REQ'MTS-. 1. CLEAN -UP: CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SURPLUS MATERIALS (EXCEPT FOR EXTRA LAMPS) FROM WE PREMISES AT THE COMPLETION OP JOB. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY G+G CONSTRUCTION DEPARTT'ENT FOR DISPOSITION SHOULD ANY EXCESS TENANT SUPPLIED MATERIALS REMAIN. B. TEMPORARY POWER: UNLESS LANDLORD PROVIDED, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO THE PREMISES FOR THE PURPOSE OF GENERAL ILLUMINATION AS WELL AS TO POWER SUFFICIENTLY, ANY EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT THIS STORE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE TEMPORARY POWER WHEN IT IS OPERATING AND APPROVED. q. COORDINATION OF TRADES: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND SHALL REVIEW STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING AND HVAC PLANS AND SHALL ADJUST THEIR WORK TO CONFORM TO ALL CONDITIONS FOUND AND /OR SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS MAY BE DIRECTED IN THE FIELD BY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO PREVENT DUPLICATION OF WORK AND TO FACILITATE THE COORDINATION OF THE JOB. 10LL4NDLORD REQUIREMENTS: ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS AND ANY WORK SHALL NOT BE STARTED WITHOUT THE LANDLORD'S APPROVAL. NOTCHING OR DRILLING OF HOLES IN LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE MIST BE PRE- APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. PII C ALARM S=1 NOTES IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, FIRE OFFICIALS OR OTHER AUTHORITIES IN JURISDICTION, TENANT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE FIRE/SMOKE DETECTION AND ALARM SIGNALLING SYSTEM, DESIGNED AND INSTALLED IN TOTAL CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: A) MANUAL FULL STATIONS AT ALL EXIT DOORS. B) AREA SMOKE DETECTORS. C) AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS. D) SPRINKLER FLOW AND VALVE TROUBLE ALARMS. E) DUCT INSERTION SMOKE DETECTORS F) ZONE ADAPTER MODULE (LAM) FOR TIE-IN TO MALL CENTRAL ALARM SYSTEM. WHERE THE MALL 15 EQUIPPED WITH A CENTRAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, TENANT'S ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURE AND TYPE AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ALL REQUIRED INTERFACE DEVICES. t"ETNOD AND MA i kIALSs 1. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITERS AND UNION LABELS AS APPLICABLE. 2. MINIMUM SIZE FOR ALL PULL BOXES SHALL BE 4" TRADE. 3. MINIMIUM WIRE SIZE SMALL BE 12 AWG 4. ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL HAVE HIGH POWER FACTOR BALLASTS. 5. TIME SWITCHES SHALL BE PARAGON, AND /OR YORK WITH RATING AND POLES AS REQUIRED. 6. ALL WIRES SHALL BE IN CONDUIT CONSTRUCTED EITHER OF GALVANIZED STEEL. RIGID HEAVY METAL WALLED, OR ELECTRIC - METALLIC TUBING (EMT) WITH WATERTIGHT FITTINGS. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT MAT BE USED IF APPROVED BY LOCAL CODES AND PERMITTED BY LANDLORD. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ROMEX TO BE USED. CONDUIT SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINES: A. CONCEALED IN CEILINGS OR PARTITIONS - EMT B. CONCEALED IN CONCRETE SLAB - BIT C. UNDERGROUND OR BELOW SLABS - IMO OR RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL. 1. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED, WIRE SHALL BE COPPER 600 VOLT, INSULATED TYPE TRAIN. BRANCH CIRCUIT WORK WITH SIZES LARGER THAN NO. 4 SHALL BE TYPE THW. S. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PRESSED STEEL, PROPER TYPE SIZE PER BUILDING CONDITIONS, FOR ALL LIGHTING, SWITCHES, TIME CLOCKS, RELAYS, AND RECEPTACLES. q. NYLON PULL WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EMPTY CONDUIT AS REQUIRED. 10 WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A. LIGHT SWITCHES - 20 AMP MFG. MUSSEL * 1221 B. DUPLEX - 20 AMP MFG. MUSSEL 0 5252 ALL SWITCHES AND OUTLETS SHALL HAVE COVER PLATES AS APPROPRIATE OF BAKELITE UNILINE DESIGN, COLOR BLACK. THE OUTLETS FOR LOCAL SWITCHES SHALL BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO WE TRIM ON THE STRIKING SIDE OF DOOR REGARDLESS OF THE LOCATION INDICATED ON THESE PLANS 11. NEW LIGHTING PANELBOARDS SHALL BE THREE PHASE, FOUR WIRE DISTRIBUTION TYPE, ALL BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT DOWN, THERMAL MAGNETIC TYPE, APPROVED FOR SWITCH DUTY AND MARKED "SWD'. CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND PANELBOARDS SHALL BE MFG. BY "SQUARE -D" ONLY (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) REGARDLESS OF THE CIRCUITING INDICATED ON THESE PLANS, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROPERLY BALANCE ALL BRANCH PHASES TO WITHIN 10% OF EACH OTHER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS ALSO TO PROVIDE A TYPEWRITTEN PANEL SCHEDULE FOR EACH DISTRIBUTION PANEL AS WELL AS PROVIDE AND INSTALL "LOCK DOGS" ON THE FOLLOWING CIRCUITS: EMERGENCY LIGHTING, EXIT LIGHTS, ROLL -UP GRILLE, NIGHT LIGHTS, CASH REGISTER OUTLET, SECURITY SYSTEM, AND ANY OTHER CIRCUIT AS DESIGNATED ON THE PLANS. 12. SAFETY SWITCHES: SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SHOWN OR AS REQUESTED. THEY SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, METAL ENCASED EXTERNALLY OPERATED OF SUCH TYPE AND SIZE NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE LOAD FOR WHICH THEY ARE INTENDED. THE OPERATING MECHANISM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO BE LOCKED IN EITHER THE "ON" OR "OFF' POSITION. ANY SAFETY SWITCH REQURED TO BE WATERPROOF SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA III, RAINIEST. 15. DRY TYPE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A DRY TYPE AIR COOLED TRANSFORMER AS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS. THE TRANSFORMER SHALL HAVE VIBRATION DAMPERS, CLASS H INSULATION, AND THE WIRING TEMPERATURE RISE SHALL NOT EXCEED 150 C. THE MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE NOISE SHALL NOT EXCEED 42 dB. 14. ALL MAIN AND BRANCH WIRING, BUS BARS, ETC. SHALL BE SOLID COPPER. (ALUMINUM OR COPPER PLATED ALUMINUM WILL BE REJECTED). 15. MAXIMUM LOAD OF BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE "15% OF RATED CAPACITY. 16. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE WIRED PER ARTICLE 410 OF NE.C. 11. BONDING SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PER ARTICLE 250 -12 OF THE N.E.C. WHERE NECESSARY TO ENSURE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY AND THE CAPACITY TO CONDUCT SAFELY THE FAULT CURRENT LIKELY TO BE IMPOSED. 18. GROUNDING TYPE BUSHING SHALL BE USED AS REQUIRED. ALL MAJOR COMPONENTS NOT CARRYING CURRENT SHALL BE GROUNDED, INCLUDING BUT LIMITED TO: - SECONDARY FEEDERS AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES - JUNCTION BOXES, WIRING TROUGHS - OUTLET BOXES, AND HOUSINGS lq. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND CONNECT THE HIGH VOLTAGE LINES TO THE 14VAC EQUIPMENT. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT LOW VOLTAGE LINES TO THE THERMOSTAT(S) AND OTHER LOW VOLTAGE HVAC EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RUN ALL WIRING INCLUDING LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AS REQUIRED TO MAKE READY FOR FINAL CONNECTION OP LOW VOLTAGE DEVICES BY HVAC CONTRACTOR. I4VAC CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE WIRING DIAGRAMS AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NEEDED TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 20. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE FOLLOWING CONNECTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ROLL UP GRILLE: BRANCH CIRCUIT TO MOTOR, AND CIRCUIT WIRING OF INTERLOCK CONTROL DEVICES. ROLL UP GRILLE MFR. IS TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED WIRING DIAGRAMS. 21. MUSIC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 22. SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SIGN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION OF SIGNS (FROM SIGN 'J' BOX) SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING OPERATIONS OF SIGN AFTER FINAL CONNECTION 25. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND EXTENT OF WORK WITH LOCAL PHONE COMPANY FOR TELEPHONE SYSTEM INSTALLATION. 24. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF WE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THE TENANT AND THE LANDLORD WITH 'AS BUILT" PLANS. 25. STOREFRONT SIGN AND SOFFIT LIGHTING, IF REQUIRED, ARE TO BE CONNECTED TO A TIME CLOCK. 26. SECURITY OUTLET SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE CEILING AS INDICATED ON THE POWER PLAN. SPECIAL CONDITIONS: INSULATED /ISOLATED GROUND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR CASH REGISTER OUTLET. 1. CASH REGISTER REQUIRES AN ISOLATED OR DEDICATED 20 AMPERE, 120 VOLT SINGLE PHASE CIRCUIT. (A REGISTER CANNOT SHARE A CIRCUIT WITH ANY OTHER INDUCTIVE LOADS). ALL THREE WIRES, GROUND, NEUTRAL, AND POWER, MUST BE RUN TO CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX VIA CONDUIT THAT CONTAINS ONLY THESE WIRES. GROUND AND NEUTRAL MUST BE RUN SEPARATELY AND SHALL BE CONNECTED PER LOCAL APPLICABLE ELECTRICAL CODE. GROUND WIRE SHALL BE RUN TO GROUND POINT OF THE DEMISED PREMISES (A WATER PIPE) 2. CASH REGISTER OUTLET SHALL BE OF THE TYPE THAT DOES NOT WAVE THE GROUND TERMINAL CONNECTED TO THE RECEPTACLE MOUNTING BRACKET, (EQUIVALENT TO HUBBEL * 1G5262 DUPLEX OR I4UBBEL * 1G5251 SINGLE). A SPECIAL INSULATED TERMINAL BLOCK IN DISTRIBUTION BOX, AND THE USE OF INSULATED GROUND WIRE FROM THE RECEPTACLES UNDER THE CASH/WRAP DESK TO THE DISTRIBUTION BOX 4 FROM THE DISTRIBUTION BOX THE STORE ENTRANCE BOX. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL CONDUIT OR DUCT BE USED AS A GROUND, OR P.V.C. CONDUIT BE USED. OUTLET TO BE COLOR CODED FOR DEDICATED USE. 5. THE CASH REGISTER IS SUPPLIED WITH A THREE -PRONG PLUG. THE USE OF ISOLATORS OR CONVERSION PLUGS TOTALLY DEFEAT THE PURPOSE OF THE GROUND. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT USE CONVERSION PLUGS IN ANY INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC CASH REGISTERS. 4. POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND REFERENCE SHEETS FURNISHED BY CASH REGISTER MANUFACTURER. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM THE TENANT ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE CASH REGISTER SYSTEM POWER WIRE AND WIRING INSTALLATION. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY "SQUARE-D". NO SUBSTITUTES. NEMA 1--- ENCLOSURE CONTACTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT TYPICAL MOMENTARY CONTACT WALL SWITCH DUCT HOUSING AND BASE H N 0 0 0 0 0 0 9_242_2 COMMON SPARE D CLOSE SPARE Tit To 000 LOAD SIDE TYPICAL TORK ELECTROMECHANICAL 1800 SERIES MOMENTARY CONTACT TIME SWITCH FOR MECHANICALLY HELD CONTACTORS OR APPROVED EQUAL : e e UNE SIDE TYPICAL UGHIING CONTACTOR AS SCHEDULED. TYPICAL LIGHTING CONTROLS 50% LIGHTING 50% LIGHTING 'a' 'b' SCALE: NONE MASTER LIGHTING SWITCHBANK WITH PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTOR SIMPLEX #2098 -9201 120 V. CONTROL CIRCUIT TO PANEL 120/24 V. TRANSFORMER LOCATED IN DETECTOR HOUSING. REMOTE RESET STATION 2 SIMPLEX #2750 -9003 SR - SCALE: NONE SIMPLEX #2098 -9739 SUPERVISORY RELAY FOR SECURITY COMPANY MONITORING. MOUNT WITH HORN IN DEEP BOX. 4" SQUARE SEMI -FLUSH 120 VAC HORN SIMPLEX 32901 -9551 POWER 0 NORMAL ALARM TEST 1/2" CONDUIT. (NUMBER OF WIRES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER) NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE A/C SHUT DOWN WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF TEST AND RESET SWITCHES, AND HORN, WITH THE OWNER AND /OR ARCH. REMOTE TEST STATION POWER L.E.D. ALARM INDICATOR. - SIMPLEX #2098 -9805 DUCT DETECTOR DETAIL SCALE: NONE CHECK WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPLICATION (4) #3/0, 2 "C (EXISTING, V.I.F.) EXISTING FUSED DISC. (V.I.F.) 4- 1 1 200A I I I 150AF I LEASE LINE (4) #3/0, 2 "C (EXISTING, V.I.F.) ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY DBBCT�t10N CON WCTED DON OAB � DEMAKD LJC8i1N0 8.2 120 1.25 10.3 •7vV I I V/yLG, EIRILVIMP% VUGUW PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 NO FECB'TACLEB 5.0 120 1.0 < 10KW 0.5 REMAINING KW 5.0 81018 / PEON 2.4 120 1.25 3.0 260 A 1200 20 12 WATER HEAT8I 1.8 120 1.0 1.8 SW CUTLEI8 1.2 120 1.25 1.5 EXHAUST / VENTILATION .1 120 1.0 .1 1 SPARE 4 5 HVAC 24.0 230 1.0 24.0 C 540 20 12 TOTAL - EMIL * USE GREATER VALUE ** 1259 OF THE LARGEST APPLIED ONLY ON * ** N.E.C. ARTICLE 220 WINDOW) MINUS NEC. DB AND KVA x 1000 42.7 CATEGORIES COMPRESSOR IN SYSTEM (200VA PER FOOT OF LIGHTING KVA. AmpERADE 150 Al/P SERVICE REOUIED (VERIFY BOOM) 45.7 OF THE TWO MOTOR OR ONE UNIT. -12 REQUIREMENT ACTUAL SHOW WINDOW . mum FEEDER SHOW SYSTEM VOLTAGE x AY 45.7 x 1000 AMPS = 127.0 208 8 d 9 ADDONAL NOTES THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR HIS ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE TENANT OR THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. THIS CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS TO SERVICE PANEL SPECIFICATION WITH THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR IN COORDINATION WITH EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE TENANT, THE CONTRACTORS OR OTHER SOURCES AS SPECIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT AS A DOUBLE CHECK TO ASCERTAIN PROPER INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AT THE CORRECT VOLTAGE / AMPERAGE. BOTH THE TENANT'S AND THE LANDLORD'S GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WORKING ON THIS PROJECT ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING THE LANDLORD AND /OR THE PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANIES WHICHEVER IS APPLICABLE) SUPPLYING UTILITIES TO THE AREA WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED, IN ORDER TO VERIFY LOCATIONS OF UTILITIES, UNDERGROUND OR OVERHEAD, AND SECURE THE PROPER PROCEDURES WHILE WORKING ADJACENT TO, ABOVE OR NEAR SUCH UTILITIES TO AVOID ANY PROBLEMS WITH EXPLOSIONS, DISCONNECTION'S, REMOVALS, ETC. INTERCEPT EXISTING FEEDERS AND EXTEND TO NEW PANEL LOCATION (VERIFY EXACT DISTANCE IN FIELD) (2) LIGHTING CONTACTORS, 8 POLE EACH ASCO 917 STANDARD NEMA WITH : MECHANICALLY HELD ASCO 173 REC'D SWITCHES MTD. +48" A.F.F. 120/208V, 3P, 4W PANEL TIME CLOCK (24 HR.) CALENDAR TYPE (4 POLE, 40 AMP) CONNECT BLADE SIGN AND STOREFRONT SIGN TO THE SAME CIRCUIT LANDLORD'S EXISTING 120/208V, 30, 4W, SERVICE NOTE: ALL CONDUCTORS SIZED FOR 75 DEGREE C. NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL DISCONNECTS AND FUSES AS REQUIRED. ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM 1 NOT TO SCALE NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE, NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BID. IF ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT IS TO BE REUSED, IT WILL BE REQUIRED TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT NEC WITH REGARDS TO RATING, IDENTIFICATION, USE, WIRE BENDING SPACE, ETC. AS IF THEY WERE NEW. ELECTRIC PANELBOARD SCHEDULE PANELBOARD L (NEW) PANS TYPE NQOD NSA A TYPE ENCLOSURE 1 VOLTAGE 120 /208 PHASE 3 WIRE 4 MANS 150A MCB BUS RATNQ 225A MOUNTINp SURFACE OPTIONS W/ I.G. BUS AIC RATNQ 10,000 NOTE NOT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SMALL VISIT SITE AND VER I EXISTING CONDITIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICE: (LIGHT P I XTURES, RECEPTACLES, SNITCHES, ETC) AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CONDUIT 4 HIRING BACK TO PANEL, TWAT 15 NOT BEING REUSED. NOTHING SHALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. ELECTRICAL VERIFICATION NOTE: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ROUGH ELECTRICAL WIRING, CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK NAMEPLATE DATA OF ALL H.V.A.C. EQUIPMENT, WATER HEATERS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT, IN ORDER TO OBTAIN CORRECT WIRE SIZES, VOLTAGES, AND OVER- CURRENT PROTECTION. ADEQUATE SERVICE CAPACITY MUST BE PROVIDED. SUBJECT TO ELECTRICAL INSPECTION., ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM NOTES: 1. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COLOR CODE FEEDER CONDUCTORS AT TENANT METER CENTER TO DESIGNATE PHASE NEUTRAL AND GROUND. 2. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY D(ACT K.A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORD'S D /SIR /BUTTON EQUIPMENT. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 10% ( +) BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B /C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 4. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNITNG SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 5. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY FOR EACH ELECTRICAL PANEL. 6. PANELBOARD(S) TO HAVE BOLT -ON BREAKERS. REVIEVIEM FOR C !°DE COMPUA CE 64A -a 0 ) 2010 City of T ukk0la RECEIVE FEB 0 4 2010 PERMIT CENTER DON POLE WATTS PHASE WATTS •7vV I I V/yLG, EIRILVIMP% VUGUW PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 NO 1 Q FLOOR LIGHTING 1 12 20 260 A 1200 20 12 1 S/W RECEPTACLES 2 3 Q M.H. DOWNUGHTS 1 12 20 1000 B . 20 12 1 SPARE 4 5 SPARE 1 12 20 C 540 20 12 1 RECEPTACLES (3) 6 7 TC STOREFRONT DOWNUGHTS 1 12 20 540 A 360 20 12 1 CASH REG. I.G. LO 8 9 © TRACK 1 12 20 1650 B 1080 20 12 1 RECEPTACLES (3) C/W LO 10 fl O CASHWRAP PENDANTS 1 12 20 135 C 360 20 12 1 TV OUTLET 12 13 © TRACK 1 12 20 975 A 1080 20 12 1 RECEPTACLES (3) DESK 14 15 © STOCK FL 1 12 20 385 B 1800 20 12 1 WATER HEATER LO 16 17 Da STOCK FL 1 12 20 385 C 360 20 12 1 SECURITY LO 18 19 TOILET FAN /LT/REC. 1 12 20 340 A 360 20 12 1 TELCO LO 20 21 TC STOREFRONT SIGN 1 12 20 1200 B 280 20 12 1 REC./UGHT- -ROOF 22 23 LO NL/EMERG./EXIT 1 12 20 380 C . 20 12 1 SPARE 24 25 ® M.H. DOWNUGHTS 1 12 20 750 A 540 20 12 1 RECEPTACLES (3) 26 27 TC ILLUMINATED LOGOS 1 12 20 1200 B 28 29 0 COVE LIGHTING 1 12 20 420 C 30 31 © M.H. DOWNUGHTS 1 12 20 1000 A 32 33 B 34 37 HACR AHU -1 (230V) FANS & HEATER 2 8 50 6000 C *3000 40 8 2 ACCU -1 (230V) * NON -COINCIDENT HACR 36 38 6000 A *3000 HACR AHU -2 (230V) FANS & HEATER 2 8 50 6000 B *3000 40 8 2 ACCU -2 (230V) * NON - COINCIDENT HACR 40 42 6000 C *3000 P ALL PHASES TO BE BALANCED TO WTHN 10X' HACR -HEAT NG, AIR CONDITIONING RATED A- 13,405 W LO - CIRCUITS ON HANDLE LOCK -OFF DEVICE. B- 14,595 W /C- CIRCUITS ON TIME CLOCK. - CIRCUITS ON LIGHTING CONTACTOR. C- 14,580 W a,b,c,d - SWITCHES ON LIGHTING CONTACTOR. TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD - 42,580 W - 118.3 AMPS NOT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SMALL VISIT SITE AND VER I EXISTING CONDITIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICE: (LIGHT P I XTURES, RECEPTACLES, SNITCHES, ETC) AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CONDUIT 4 HIRING BACK TO PANEL, TWAT 15 NOT BEING REUSED. NOTHING SHALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. ELECTRICAL VERIFICATION NOTE: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ROUGH ELECTRICAL WIRING, CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK NAMEPLATE DATA OF ALL H.V.A.C. EQUIPMENT, WATER HEATERS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT, IN ORDER TO OBTAIN CORRECT WIRE SIZES, VOLTAGES, AND OVER- CURRENT PROTECTION. ADEQUATE SERVICE CAPACITY MUST BE PROVIDED. SUBJECT TO ELECTRICAL INSPECTION., ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM NOTES: 1. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COLOR CODE FEEDER CONDUCTORS AT TENANT METER CENTER TO DESIGNATE PHASE NEUTRAL AND GROUND. 2. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY D(ACT K.A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORD'S D /SIR /BUTTON EQUIPMENT. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 10% ( +) BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B /C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 4. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNITNG SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 5. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY FOR EACH ELECTRICAL PANEL. 6. PANELBOARD(S) TO HAVE BOLT -ON BREAKERS. REVIEVIEM FOR C !°DE COMPUA CE 64A -a 0 ) 2010 City of T ukk0la RECEIVE FEB 0 4 2010 PERMIT CENTER •7vV I I V/yLG, EIRILVIMP% VUGUW PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 PROJECT. SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE #440 984/ 986 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SMEET TITLE. &SPECIFICATIONS Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet E3 Of Sheets L L a 1 10 "I1 250 CM AGGU -2 gXISTINGI (lpN ROOF) _ Ell - -- � I I L —rI ,Aa, �I (ESC STING) (ON ROOF) r --r --i r--r -'1 I I ■I I I I I I I I I I I J r— L__ 1-t" r - -r- -1 pf I I f I f I I I I I r -- 31.5" RND CD 12 "0 NECK 550 CFM r NOTE: LOW POINT OF 1-4VAC SUPPLY DUCTS TO BE 14' -O" A.F.P. (TYPi L n I ■I I I ANU -1 EXISTING) r L__ DOWN TO A RECEPTOR EF -1 II T 1 f L_J__J r 31.5" RND CD 12 "0 NECK 550 CFM 31.5" RND CD 12 "0 NECK 500 CFM 31.5" RND CD 12 "0 NECK O K 5 0550 CFM 0 1\ 31.5" RND CD 12 "0 NECK 550 CFM DX II HVAC PLAN SCALE : 1/4 "= I / -0" MECHANICAL CODED NOTES 01 NEW EXHAUST FAN AS SCHEDULED AND 6 "0 DUCT TO LANDLORD TO /LET EXHAUST DUCT SYSTEM (V.I.F.). 20 NEW THERMOSTAT LIGHTSTAT MULTISTAGE THERMOSTAT MODEL: TMD -A VU CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL AT 6' -0" A.F.F. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER ON-SITE 0 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AT BRANCH TAKE -OFF (TYP.). ® EX /STING 4 TON CONDENSING UNIT TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE BELTS AND FILTERS, CLEAN ALL COILS, REMOVE ANY RUST, CHARGE PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFiCATTONS AND PLACE UNIT IN "UKE- -NEW CONDITION. EXACT LOCATION ON ROOF UNKNOWN. VERIFY IN FIELD. 0 0 0 f0 11 NEW S.A. DIFFUSER AS SCHEDULED (CFM'S AS NOTED ON PLAN) NEW SUPPLY AIR DUCT AS SPECIFIED (SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN) SMOKE DETECTOR TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON SENSING SMOKE (V.I.F.) EXISTING AIR HANDLING UNIT TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE BELTS AND FILTERS, CLEAN ALL COILS, CLEAN DRAIN PAN, AND PLACE UNIT IN "LIKE-NEW" CONDITION. SET AIR FLOW AT 1600 CFM OUTSIDE AIR AT 275 CFM. EXISTING REFRIGERANT ONES TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHAL INSPECT AND MAKE ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS OR REPLACE LINES IF REQUIRED. NEW CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES (SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN). EX /STING OUTSIDE AIR DUCT TO REMAIN. VERIFY LOCATION. SET O.A. AT 350 CFM FAN SCHED. MARK EF -1 SERVES TOILET TYPE/DRIVE DIRECT CFM 105 E.S.P. IN W.G. .25" HORSEPOWER 80 W RPM (MAX) 1379 BONES (MAX) 35 VOLTS /PHASE /HERTZ 120/1 /60 MANUFACTURER PENN MODEL NUMBER Z5 —RA NOTES DE CO M09,2 City 01 d ul ila BUILDING ;Inn ,7- az- I t ECEIVED MAR 012010 PERMIT CENTER MINIMUM O.A. REQUIREMENTS (per ASHRAE 2004) REQUIRED: SALES AREA 1250 s f. x .3 c.fm. /s.f = 375 c.fm. NON -SALES AREA 1120 s f. x .15 c.fm. /s.f = 168 c.fm. OUTSIDE AIR TO BE PROVIDED THROUGH MECHANICAL UNIT 543 c.fm. NOT MECWAN I CAL CONTRACTOR SI-IALL VISIT SITE AND VER EXISTING CONDITIONS. MECI- IANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL MECI- IANIGAL DEVIL AND EQUIPMENT TI-IAT 15 NOT BEING REUSED. NOTW I NG SMALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. DIFFUSER AND GRILLE 5C1-1EIDULN T ALL ITEMS USED) SYMBOL MODULE SIZE TYPE BORDER MAKE TYPE MODEL NO. ACCESSORIES REMARKS 12 "x6" SEE PLAN 0 24"x24" WELDED LAY -IN LAY -IN TITUS 300FS OPPOSED -BLADE DAMPER TITUS TDGA OPPOSED -BLADE DAMPER TITUS 501= SIDE WALL SUPPLY DIFFUSER SQUARE DIFFUSER W/ ROUND NECK RETURN AIR GRILLE O 12 "x12" WELDED TITUS 355FL RETURN AIR GRILLE CD® .SEE PLAN STANDARD TITUS ROUND SUPPLY AIR GRILL REVISIONS BY / f \ 2 -22 -10 VV I I LAM. g AKIGVIVA ODZ3 PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 11C (/) W 0 Lw PROJECT. SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE 8440 984/ 986 SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE. HVAC PLAN Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet M-1 Of Sheets MEG14ANICAL SPEC . GENERAL CONDITIONS: ALL AND REQUIREMENTS FOUND UNDER "GENERAL CONDITIONS" AND "SPECIAL CONDITIONS" AS WELL INFORMATION FOUND WITH IN THIS SET OF DRAWINGS SHALL FORM WE BASIS OF DEVELOPING A BID, THEREFORE IT IS WE RESPONSIBILITY OF WE HVAC CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL SHEETS AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL SPECIFICATION. THIS DRAWINGS ARE FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. WE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATING HVAG SYSTEM IN ALL RESPECTS AS CONTEMPLATED BY WE INFORMATION OF THIS PLANS. IT IS NOT WE INTENT THAT T14I5 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS INDICATED EACH AND EVERY ITEM NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION, BUT INDICATE SUFFICIENT INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR WE CONTRACTOR TO SECURE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FROM OTHER SOURCES AND PROVIDE NECESSARY MATERIALS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR EXAMINING WE JOB SITE TO DETERMINE WE EXISTING CONDITIONS AFFECTING 14I5 WORK BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSALS. SUBMISSIONS OF PROPOSALS WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT EXAMINATION 14A5 MADE AND LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN BY SUCH AN EXAMINATION WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED. ANY APPARATUS, APPLIANCE, MATERIAL, WORK OR INCIDENTAL ACCESSORIES OR MINOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN BUT NECESSARY TO MAKE WE WORK COMPLETE AND PERFECT IN ALL RESPECT AND READY FOR OPERATIONS, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFIED, SHALL BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO OWNER. CONTRACTOR 514ALL INCLUDE IN 1415 BID ALL COST TO MAKE NECESSARY CHANGES DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. QUOTATION SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, PERMITS AND FEES, TEST OF SYSTEMS, AND ALL OTHER INCIDENTAL COSTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WE COST OF INSURANCE AGAINST PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY A SET OF "AS BUILT" OR SHOP DRAWINGS TO WE TENANT. SUBSTITUTIONS: UNLESS REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS ARE RECEIVED IN WRITING, ALL BID PRICES WILL BE FOR WE EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED ON THIS DRAWINGS. REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION, IN ORDER TO BE CONSIDERED, MUST INCLUDED WE FOLLOWING INFORMATION - PERFORMANCE DATA, TEST RESULTS AND OTHER PROOF THAT THE SUBMITTED ITEM 15 OF EQUAL QUALITY WORKMANSHIP: ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN A FIRST CLASS WORKMANSHIP -LIKE MANNER. WE COMPLETED SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AND BALANCED AS PER WE PLANS. . PERMITS, TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: WAG CONTRACTOR SHALL: A. APPLY FOR, SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, LICENSES AND FEES. 5. APPLY FOR, SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED TEST AE 1D INSPECTIONS FOR CODE COMPLIANCE. . CODES: ALL LOCAL AND STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS, 05144 AND NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATIONS RECOMMENDATIONS AND WE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA CONCERNING OR RELATING TO ANY PORTION OF T1-1I5 WORK ARE HEREBY MADE PART OF THIS SPECIFICATIONS. RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE TO THEIR PROVISIONS 15 INCLUDED. TENANT MUST BE INFORM OF ANY WORK OR MATERIAL WHICH VIOLATES ANY OF WE APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WE WORK. 6. TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTING: (TO BE SUBMITTED 10 DAYS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK) ALL AIR SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST OUTLETS SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO WITH 5% OF WE AIR QUANTITIES SHOWN ON WE DRAWINGS. WE SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROPERLY BALANCED AND ADJUSTED FOR WE REQUIRED OPERATING CONDITIONS. FINAL COMFORT BALANCING SHALL BE MADE TO ELIMINATE DRAFTS AND WHERE OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY OWNER CONTRACTOR 514ALL PROVIDE G + G CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT WITH (5) COPIES OF A CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT, AS WELL AS INSTRUCT OWNER REPRESENTATIVE IN WE OPERATION OF WE SYSTEM. AIR BALANCE REPORT IS TO BE PREPARED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. REPORT IS BE TAKEN IN LATE AFTERNOON WITH WE FOLLOWING DATA DOCUMENTED: A. 'TEMPERATURE OF AIR LEAVING DIFFUSER. B. TEMPERATURE OF AIR LEAVING HVAC UNIT. C. TEMPERATURE OF AIR OUTSIDE D. 'TEMPERATURE OF AIR WITHIN SALES AREA (AT THERMOSTAT) . COORDINATION OF TRADES: HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT WE SITE AND SHALL REVIEW STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND MAKE ANY NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS. SEE ELECTRICAL NOTE * 11 FOR COORDINATION REQUIRED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. WE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONTRACTORS WHOSE WORK MIGHT AFFECT T14I5 INSTALLATION AND ARRANGE ALL PARTS OF THIS WORK AND EQUIPMENT IN PROPER RELATION TO WE WORK AND EQUIPMENT OF OTHERS, AND WITH BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND WITH ARCHITECTURAL FINISH SO TWAT IT WILL HARMONIZE IN SERVICE AND APPEARANCE. 8. LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS: ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH WE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. ANY NOTCHING OR DRILLING OF HOLES IN LANDLORD'S'S STRUCTURE MUST BE PRE- APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. WE CONTRACTOR 514ALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD WE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND ALL METHODS OF HANGING AND SUPPORTING ALL EQUIPMENT. . CUTTING AND PATCHING: WE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, ALTERING AND PATCHING AS REQUIRED FOR WE INSTALLATION OF WE WORK, INCLUDING RESTORING OF EXISTING WORK THAT IS DAMAGED AND /OR ALTERED. CONTRACTOR MUST LAYOUT 1415 WORK IN ADVANCE OF NEW CONSTRUCTION ON ORDER THAT UNNECESSARY CUTTING AND PATCHING IS AVOIDED. CHASES AND OPENINGS ONLY AS SHOWN WILL BE PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 10. II. L CLEAN -UP: CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SURPLUS MATERIALS FROM WE ROOF AND PREMISED AT WE COMPLETION OF WE WORK. DUCTWORK ALL DUCTWORK, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY NOTED SHALL CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED IRON IN ACCORDANCE WITH WE RECOMMENDATIONS OF SMACNA LAW VELOCITY AND DUCT CONSTRUCTION MANUAL, LATEST EDITION. TABLE 11-301.4 DUCT CONSTRUCTION MINIMUM SHEET METAL GAUGES RECTANGULAR DUCTS MAXIMUM SIDE INCHES STEEL ALUMINUM MIN. GALV. 514T. GAUGE MN. B 4 5 GAUGE TROUGH 12 15 THROUGH 30 31 THROUGH 54 55 THROUGH 84 OVER 84 26 (0.022 IN) 24 (0.028 IN) 22 (0.034 IN) 20 (0.040 IN. IS (0.052 IN) ROUND DUCTS 24 (0.020 IN) 22 (0.025 IN) 20 (0.020 IN) 18 (0.020 IN) 16 (0.051 IN) SPIRAL SEAM DUCT LONGITUDINAL SEAM DUCT DIA STEEL INCHES MIN. GALV. 514T. GAUGE STEEL MIN. GALV. 514T. GAUGE THROUGH 12 28(0.011 IN) 13 THROUGH 18 26(0.022 IN) 11 THROUGH 28 24(0.028 IN) 211 THROUGH 56 22(0.034 IN) 31 THROUGH 52 20(0.040 IN) 2. FLEXIBLE DUCTS: 26(0.022 IN) 24(0.028 IN) 22(0.034 IN) 20(0.040 IN) 18(0.052 IN) FITTINGS STEEL IV. MIN. GALV. 1. 514T. GAUGE 22. 23. 2. 26(0.022 IN) 24(0.028 IN) 22(0.034 IN) 20(0.040 IN) 18(0.052 IN) 4. • • FOR CONNECTIONS BETWEEN RIGID DUCTWORK - INSTALL FLAT METAL SPIRAL MECHANICALLY LOCKED FABRIC COMPONENTS, CAPABLE OF BEING SHAPED FOR CONNECTION TO EITHER ROUND OR OVAL BOOT CONNECTIONS. ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE AIR TIGHT BY MEANS OF CLAMPS OR INDUSTRIAL CEMENT * 550 AND WRAPPED WITH DUCT TAPE. LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT TO BE A MAXIMUM OF 5' -0". STEEL SPIRAL TO BE ELECTROGALVANIZED FABRIC NEOPRENE COATED, WITH FABRIC CAPABLE OF MEETING N.F.PA. 1OA AND UL 181 FOR 1 CONNECTORS. MANUFACTURER WIREMOLD AID DUCT TYPE * 51. 3. ALL SQUARE ELBOW SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH DOUBLE WALLED VEINS ON 4" CENTERS. 4. ALL JOINTS IN DUCTS SHALL BE SEALED AIRTIGHT WITH APPROPRIATE DUCT SEALERS 5. G. 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL FIRE DAMPERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH WE BOARD OF FIRE UNDER- WRITERS AND LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL CODE REQUIREMENTS, AS 51-1O1AIN ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR AT EACH DAMPER, AND PROVIDE ALL FIRE DAMPERS PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA AND /OR CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. ALL REGISTERS, GRILLES AND CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE A BONE WHITE ENAMEL FINISH AND BE MADE OF ALUMINUM AND BE FLUSH TO CEILING. (COLOR TO BE WHITE TO MATCH CEILING) ALL BRANCHES AND TAKE -OR=S SHALL BE EQUIPT WITH VOLUME CONTROLLING DEVICES. ALL CEILING DEFUSSERS SHALL HAVE VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS. 8. HORIZONTAL DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH HANGERS SECURED TO BAR JOIST OR STRUCTURAL STEEL AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 5' -0". DUCT IS NOT TO BE SUPPORTED FROM ROOF DECKING OR BRIDGING BUT SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM TOP CHORD OF BAR JOIST. AT COMPLETION F DUCT INSTALLATION, ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEANED BEFORE INSTALLING AIR OUTLETS. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATION OF AIR OUTLETS WITH LIGHTS AND SPRINKLER HEADS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 11. CLEARANCE OF DUCT WORK OVER LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE 1' -4 MINIMUM FROM FINISH CEILING TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES. 12. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCT WORK AND FRESH AIR DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1 1/2" WICK FIBERGLASS FIRE RETARDANT VAPOR SEAL INSULATION. 13. ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS TO OUTDOORS, BOTH INTAKE AND DISCHARGE, SHALL NAVE DAMPERS, RAIN LOUVERS OR GOOSENECK AND BIRD SCREENS. CONDENSER INTAKE AND DISCHARGE DUCTS, WHERE THEY ENTER AS WITH INDOOR PACKAGE UNITS, SHALL BE LINED. 5. VIBRATION ISOLATORS: (IF APPLICABLE) PROVIDE SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS FOR ALL SUSPENDED ROTATING EQUIPMENT. SPRING ISOLATORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STATIC DEFLECTION 1.0 INCHES. CONSTRUCT ALL SUSPENDED OR WALL HUNG SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES INCLUDING HANGERS, AS REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY SUPPORT ALL SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT. CRADLES AND WALL BRACKETS TO SUSTAIN LOADS OF AT LEAST FIVE TIME WE ACTUAL OPERATING LOAD. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: INSTALL AIR TIGHT FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHEREVER DUCT WORK CONNECTS TO FAN INLETS AND DISCHARGES. FASTEN CONNECTIONS SECURELY WITH BOLTED CLAMPS. THE UNCLAMPED PORTION TO BE LEAST 6" LONG, CRIMPED FOR FLEXIBILITY. CONSTRUCTION - 30 OUNCE CLOSELY WOVEN GLASS FABRIC, DOUBLE COATED WITH NEOPRENE. CONDENSATE LINES: CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE GALVANIZED IRON, COPPER OR PVC (WHERE PERMITTED) WITH DRAINAGE TYPE FITTINGS. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND LOCAL CODES. ALL CONDENSATE DRAINS SHALL HAVE A "P" TRAP INSTALLED. IF CONDENSATE IS TO DRAIN ON ROOF, A 12" x 12" SPLASH GUARD SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER IT. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL WAVE A MINIMUM PITCH OF 1/4" PER FT. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE A MINIMUM 1 INCH NOMINAL DIAMETER, PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1/2" CLOSED CELL INSULATION N INTERIOR SPACES. ROOFING CUTTING OF ROOFING MATERIAL AND FLASHING AND PATCHING OF ROOF SHALL BE DONE BY WE LANDLORD'S ROOFER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL NEW ROOFING WORK SHALL MEET WE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. PRIOR TO THE SETTING OF ROOFTOP UNITS, TOP OF ROOF CURB SHALL BE SLEEVED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL ROOF UNITS SHALL HAVE COUNTER FLASHING INSTALLED GRAVEL OR STONE ROOFS: ANY AND ALL SUPPORTING MATERIALS SHALL NOT TO BE PLACED DIRECTLY ON ROOF GRAVEL. GRAVEL IS TO BE CLEARED AWAY AND A ROOF PAD INSTALLED WITH THE SUPPORT MOUNTED ON ROOF PAD, SEALED AND GRAVEL OR STONE REPLACED. G. EQUIPMENT CURBS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 8" HIGH AND HAVE CANT INSTALLED. 1. ALL H.VA.C. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 3 FT. FROM PARAPET WALL. 8. ALL ROOFTOP UNITS TO SPAN DOUBLE JOISTS AT THE LOCATION SPECIFIED. IF A/C UNIT DOES NOT SPAN DOUBLE JOISTS, ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS MUST BE ADDED. 1. PROVIDE PROPER SUPPORT OF ROOF OPENING WITH THE USE OF ANGLE SUPPORTS. ALL ADDITIONAL SUPPORT STEEL REQUIRED FOR 14 VA.C. WORK SHALL BE SPECIFIED, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. START -UP - MECHANICAL' CONTRACTOR SYSTEM SHALL BE SET-UP TO RUN AS FOLLOWS: SUMMER - DAY 12 DEGREES F SUMMER - SETBACK 85 DEGREES F WINTER - DAY 12 DEGREES F WINTER - NIGHT SETBACK 60 DEGREES F METAL LOCKING COVERS - UNIVERSAL BIG-UM BEKO OR EQUIVALENT TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL THERMOSTAT AND KEYS GIVEN TO STORE MANAGER. 3. ALL THERMOSTATS, SWITCHES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE LABELED INDICATING THEIR FUNCTION AND OPERATION. IF THERMOSTAT HAS A HEATING AND COOLING TAB, THERMOSTAT SHOULD BE FOR BOW HEATING AND COOLING. IF USED FOR HEATING OR COOLING ONLY, WE CONTROL TAB NOT N USE SHOULD BE REMOVED OR SNIPPED OFF TO AVOID CONFUSION. . HVAG CONTRACTOR IS TO IDENTIFY ROOFTOP UNIT WITH TENANT'S TRADE NAME AND SPACE NUMBER WITH EITHER PAINT OR METAL TAG. . MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SEND ALL PACKING SLIPS TO TENANT, VERIFYING TWAT ALL EQUIPMENT, THERMOSTATS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIED TO JOBSITE WAS INSTALLED. G. WE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL POST ON WE JOBSITE A FRAMED OR LAMINATED SEQUENCE OF OPERATION OF WE H.VA.C. SYSTEM AND WIRING DIAGRAM AND REVIEW WITH AND INSTRUCT WE STORE MANAGER AND 1415 OR HER STALL WE OPERATION OF 114! SYSTEM AND ALL CONTROLS. A COPY OF WE SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS SHALL BE SENT TO THE TENANT'S ENGINEERING DEPT. UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL STAR -UP , ADJUST 4 COMPLETELY SET READY FOR USE. ALL THERMOSTATS, CONTROL VALVES, DAMPER MOTORS, RELAY AND CONTROLS. EXHAUST: ALL EXHAUST DUCTS FOR EXHAUST FANS WHICH PENETRATE THE ROOF SHALL WAVE A GOOSENECK WITH A BIRD SCREEN INSTALLED. . GUARANTEE: ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED AGAINST DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WE INSTALLATION. ANY PORTION OP WORK DEVELOPING DEFECTS DURING THAT TIME SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED IN A MANNER SATISFACTORY TO AND AT NO COST TO TENANT. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO TENANT A SEPARATE QUOTATION FOR ANNUAL MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE OF THE H.VA.C. SYSTEM TO COMMENCE AT THE END OF 114! (10 YEAR GUARANTEE. FOR DIRECT EXPANSION SYSTEMS, COMPRESSORS SHALL HAVE 5 -YEAR GUARANTEE. V. 1. VI. 1. VII 14. WE FIRST TEN (10) FEET OF ALL SUPPLY DUCT WORK AND RETURN AIR PLENUM MUST BE ACOUSTICALLY LINED. DUCT SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED TO ALLOW FOR WE LINING. 15. ALL INTAKE, DISCHARGE AND FRESH AIR DUCTS LARGER WAN 12" x 12" GOING THROUGH DEMISING WALLS OR THROUGH ROOF MUST HAVE FIRE DAMPERS AND BE BURGLAR PROOF. 16. ALL REGISTERS AND CEILING DIFFUSER IN SALES AREA SHALL BE PANEL LAY -IN TYPE. NO EGG CRATES N SALES AREA UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 11. SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL NOT PENETRATE SUPPLY AND /OR RETURN DUCT. 18. ALL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES TO BE TITUS OR EQUIVALENT. 11. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL BE " TITUS" FLUSH TYPE OR EQUIVALENT, PROVIDED WITH DAMPERS. PERFORATED TYPE DIFFUSERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 20. PROVIDE CLEAN ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT WITHIN WE LEASED SPACE. 21. ACCESS DOORS: WHERE NECESSARY N DUCT WORK, SUITABLE ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES TO PERMIT INSPECTION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL CONTROLS, FIRE DAMPERS OR OTHER APPARATUS CONCEALED BEHIND THE SHEET METAL SHALL BE PROVIDED. ALL SUCH DOORS IN INSULATED DUCTS SHALL BE DOUBLE PANEL INSULATED OF NOT LESS THAN * 20 GAUGE. ACCESS DOORS IN AN UNINSULATED DUCT MAY BE OP SINGLE PANEL OF NOT LESS WAN 18 GAUGE, GALVANIZED ACCESS DOORS IN GENERAL NOT TO BE SMALLER WAN 12" x 12 ", EXCEPT DOORS TO FIRE DAMPERS, WHICH DEPEND ON SIZE OF DAMPER ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE POLYURETHANE GASKETS CEMENTED N PLACE WITH APPROVED SEALANT SO AS TO MAKE THEM AIR TIGHT. IMPORTANT NOTE: IT 15 WE RESPONSIBILITY OF WE HVAC. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL AND NECESSARY SERVICE GALLS DURING WE ONE (I) YR PERIOD. I4.VA.C. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOUR (4) FILTER CHANGES DURING THE FIRST YEAR WARRANTY PERIOD. AT TIME OF EACH FILTER CHANGE, 14E WILL PERFORM NORMAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE. NVA.C. CONTRACTOR WILL ALSO PROVIDE ONE (I) YR. WARRANTY/SERVICE PERIOD. FIRST YEAR WILL COMMENCE ON THE DATE OP STORE OPENING AND TERMINATE AT 12 MIDNIGHT ON WE DATE PRIOR, ONE(U YEAR LATER. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR MUST BE LOCATED LOCALLY AND BE FULLY QUALIFIED. CONTRACTOR CAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER MUST BE FORWARDED TO: G + G SHOPS - 520 8th AVE., N.Y. N.Y. 10018 ATTN: CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DUCT SIZES ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS ALL INTAKE AND DISCHARGE SIDE OF ALL EQUIPMENT. 3. PROVIDE DOUBLE BLADED TURNING VANES ON ALL q0° ELBOWS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE ALL THROAT SPLITS AT ALL UNITS. 5. ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS ARE PROVIDED , INSTALLED 4 WIRED BY I4VAC. 6. PROVIDE A VOLUME DAMPER IN NECK CONNECTIONS WHERE DIFFUSERS TAP BOTTOM OF MAINS DIRECTLY. 1. COORDINATE EXACT SIZE OF SUPPLY 4 RETURN DUCT DROPS FROM RTU WITH MANUFACTURERS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE FULL SIZE SUPPLY 4 RETURN DUCT CONNECTION WITH A MINIMUM OF 1.5 TIMES WE WIDTH (LONGEST SIDE),OF STRAIGHT DUCT RUN WITHOUT TRANSITIONS. PROVIDE 610 ELBOW CONNECTION WITH DOUBLE BLADED TURNING VANES. COORDINATE TRANSITION OF DUCT WORK FROM RTU TO SIZES INDICATED ON PLANS. COORDINATE WITH EXIST. UNIT IN FIELD. B. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AND PENETRATIONS ON ROOF SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. q. I" OF SOUND LINING SHALL BE PROVIDED ON WE FIRST 15 FEET OF ALL RTU DISCHARGES AND 10 FEET OF RTU INTAKES. 10. RTU SHALL BE WIRED TO SHUT DOWN UPON ACTIVATION OF DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AND SEND SIGNAL TO FIRE ALARM (IF REQUIRED) PANEL. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE OF MANUAL RESET TYPE. PROVIDE 4 INSTALL A VISUAL ALARM WITHIN TENANT SPACE. 11. UNDERCUT DOOR 1" (TOILET RM) 12. ALL EXHAUST AIR MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 10' -0" FROM NEAREST FRESH AIR INTAKE. 13. ALL PENETRATIONS THRU ROOF SHALL BE BY LANDLORDS ROOFER AT TENANTS EXPENSE. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE DUCTWORK WITHIN WE CEILING SPACE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM CLEARANCE ALLOWABLE. PAINT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK INDICATED BY ARCHITECT. 15. PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATORS IN ALL VOLUME DAMPERS ABOVE SHEETROCK CEILING OR IN S14E51ROCK SOFFIT. MODEL *112. 16. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE PERFORMED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT ALL HVAC WORK 15 PROVIDED AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. 11. DO NOT SCALE FROM THESE DRAWINGS. 18. WE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS. DUCT SIZES MUST BE VERIFIED FOR CLEARANCES AT WE JOB SITE PRIOR TO FABRICATION. DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH A SLOPE OF I" TO 4 ". ALL DEVIATIONS FROM ORIGINAL CONTRACT DRAWINGS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY ENGINEER DURING WE SHOP DRAWING PROCESS. 20. ALL ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED IN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY WE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IT IS WE RESPONSIBILITY OF 114! HVAC CONTRACTOR TO IDENTIFY SIZE, TYPE AND LOCATION OF SUCH DOORS FOR PROPER ACCESS TO ALL CONCEALED HVAC EQUIPMENT, VALVES AND OTHER RELATED EQUIPMENT. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY THESE REQUIREMENTS ON A COORDINATED SWOP DRAWING PRIOR TO SYSTEM FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 11. 21. FRAMING THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO REINFORCE 114! EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE TO ACCOMMODATE RT1.1-1. FRAMING METHOD SHALL BE APPROVED BY LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING INSTALLATION. LANDLORD CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ANY ADDITIONAL STEEL AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. 22. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONTROL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR 11415 SYSTEM. 23. COORDINATE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DOCUMENTSAND FIELD CONDITIONS WITH THE TENANT OR 1415 AUTHORIZED AGENT. COORDINATE WE EXTENSION, MODIFICATION, FINAL CONNECTION AND TESTING OF ALL UTILITIES OR INTRFACED SYSTEM 1011W WE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. 24. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF MALL CRITERIA. 25. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PROPER CLEARANCES FOR SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT. PLANS 5HALL PROVIDE STATEMENT THAT WE INSTALLATION OF WE EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S St" CGIFICATION AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS. PER SM. 26. FAN SHUTDOWN CONTROL UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE IN SYSTEM THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE WIRED TO THE FAN SYSTEM FOR AUTO MATCC FAN SHUTDOWN COORDINATE WITH MALL CRITERIA. 21. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH EXACT PLACEMENT OF RTU AND DUCT STUBS AND RE- DISTRIBUTE DUCTWORK ACCORDING LY BASED ON SAME CRITERIA IF UNIT LOCATION DIFFERS FROM DWGS. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL. NOTE: DISTANCE BETWEEN DUCT HANGERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES OF THE AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. DIAMETER INCHES THROUGH 12 13 THROUGH 18 19 THROUGH 28 29 THROUGH 36 37 THROUGH 52 ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED W/ ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA STANDARDS OP) TOP CHORD OF JOISTS. 1/2" DIA. CONTINUOUS THREADED ROD. 3/8" MACHINE BOLT 36 DIA. MAX MAX WEIGHT PER FOOT = 16 LBS. ROUND DUCT SUPPORT NOT TO SCALE SPIRAL SEAM ROUND DUCTS LONGITUDINAL DUCT STEEL MIN. GALV. SEAM DUCT STEEL MIN. SET. GAUGE GALV. SET. GAUGE 28 (0.019 IN.) 26 (0.022 IN.) 26 (0.022 IN.) 24 (0.028 IN.) 22 (0.034 IN.) 20 (0.040 IN.) 24 (0.028 IN.) 22 (0.034 IN.) 20 (0.040 IN.) 18 (0.052 IN.) DETAIL FITTINGS STEEL MIN. GALV. SHT. GAUGE 26 (0.022 IN.) 24 (0.028 IN.) 22 (0.034 IN.) 20 (0.040 IN.) 18 (0.052 IN.) -DUCT CONNECTION AN REIN- FORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA 2" W.G. CLASS, SEAL NON- GASKETED TRANS- VERSE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA CLASS "C" (TYP) MAIN DUCT 1 "ACOUSTiCAL LlN /NG. -� TAPE DOWN EXTERNAL INSULATION. FASTEN W /M /N. (3) SHT. MIL. SCREWS, SEAL W/ DUCT TAPE AND MAS77C. ROUND RIGID OR FLEXIBLE DUCT. 1 1/2" WRAPPED INSULATION. ROUND AIR FLOW CONICAL OR BELLMOUTH SPIN - IN FITTINGS, SEAL AIR -TIGHT W/ MAS77C. VOLUME DAMPER LOCAT70N PROVIDE W/ LOCKING QUADRANT 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION. DUCT TAKE -OFF DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 33 REvoEVIC COD. COMPLIANCE aprii„Dmmtiri Q) ,JkAI' 0 9 2010 Cary of BUIL I IG DIVIS RECEIVED FEB 04 2010 PERMIT CENTER REVISIONS BY OLrLJ I 1 DIJALC, MrilLLJIWy 0040J' PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 ‘1, PROJECT. SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE .440 984/ 986 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHE& TITLE. HVAC NOTES & DETAILS Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' -0" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet M -2 Of Sheets GRATE FLOOR DRAIT FINISHED FLOOR CAULK OUTLE 1/2 "GW TO TRAP PRI r FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL NO SCALE NOTE: PLMBG. CONTRACTOR 5HALL PROVIDE 1/2" TRAP PRIMERS AT ALL FLOOR DRAINS. TRAP PRIMER = JOSAM MODEL 88250 OR APPROVED EQUAL. LAVATORY — 1/2" HOT WATER TO FAUCET AS SHOWN ON PLAN INSTANTANEOUS TYPE WATER HEATER MOUNTED ON WALL BELOW LAVATORY TRAP PRIMER PROVIDE 12" CHAMBER. (TYP.) UNION PROVIDE BALL VALVE. WC 3/8" SUPPLY RISER—' WITH STOP (TYP.) HOT & COLD WATER RISER NO SCALE 4 "W TO EXIST. SANITARY SEWER (V.I.F.) 1 -1/2" VENT UP IN WALL 1/2" COLD WATER TO FAUCET AS SHOWN ON PLANS 1/2" COLD WATER IN WALL SHUTOFF VALVE 2" SANITARY WASTE FLOOR PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS NOTE: HOT WATER HEATER AND ALL EXPOSED HOT WATER PIPES ABOVE FLOOR TO BE HOODED (INSULATED AS REQUIRED BY STATE & LOCAL CODES). WATER HEATER DETAIL NO SCALE it -- CONNECT VENT TO EXISTING MALL I SANITARY VENT SYSTEM. (VERIFY a LOCATION & REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD.) 3'V— L 2"V 2"V N,K-4"W I LAV FD 3>�2"W 11�2"W l.f wco ti/, SANITARY RISER NO SCALE - 3 /4 "CW TO MALL MAIN (V.I.F.) PLUMBING NOTES 3 /4 "CW TO MALL MAIN (V.I.F.) 1/2" HW 1/2" DROPS (TYP.) 1/2" TYPE 'K' COPPER Hv vRSLAB TO FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SUPPLY SCALE : 1/4 "= 1/ -0" VENT LINE (TYP.) SEE SANITARY RISER 4"W TO EXIST. SANITARY SEWER (V.I.F.) PLUMBING PLAN CQ o uG�u�B�s SANITARY SCALE : 1/4 "= 1/ -0" 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 SPECIAL CONDITIONS SHALL APPLY TO THIS CONTRACT. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN 1415 BID ALL COSTS TO MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS CONTEMPLATED BY THE DRAWINGS 4 SPECIFICATIONS READY FOR USE. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE SITE 4 INCLUDE IN HI5 BID ALL ADJUSTMENTS 4 CHANGES REQUIRED DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. 2. ALL WORK SHALL r:ONFORM TO THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE 4 ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT 4 SAFE MANNER. ALL WASTE PIPING AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES IN JURISDICTION: SANITARY PIPING ABOVE GRADE SHALL HAVE NO HUB CONNECTIONS. BELOW GRADE 15 TO HAVE HUB AND SPIGOT CONNECTIONS PER LANDLORD DESIGN MANUAL. 4. NOT 4 COLD WATER PIPING 514ALL BE TYPE L COPPER TUBING G15-5 SOLDERED TO WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS. 5. INSULATE 140T AND COLD WATER PIPING WITH I" WIDE x 5/4+* DENSITY FIBERGLAS WRAP G. PROVIDE 4 INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES 4 TRIM SPECIFIED IN PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE (BELOW). 1. GIVE ALL NECESSARY NOTICES, OBTAIN 4 PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, PERFORM ALL TESTS, PAY ALL LOCAL, STATE 4 FEDERAL TAXES, FEES 4 OTHER COSTS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS WORK. FILE ALL NECESSARY PLANS 4 OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS OF ALL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 8. GUARANTEE ALL WORK 4 MATERIAL FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER COMPLETION OF PROJECT, DURING WHICH ALL REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. CI. DO NOT SCALE FROM THESE DRAWINGS. 10. ALL SINKS TO BE FASTENED TO WALLS AS REQUIRED. 11. EXCEPT AS NOTED, ALL CUTTING SHALL BE DONE BY TI-IE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR (CORE DRILLING ONLY PERMITTED). 12. PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL SHUT—OFF VALVES AT ALL WATER CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT (LOCATED AT EQUIPMENT CONVENIENT TO OPERATOR). 15. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS FOR ALL PIPES PIERCING PARTITIONS 4 WALLS. 14. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL INVERTS 4 EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. 15. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PLUMBING CONNECTION. 1G. LOCATION, TYPE 4 SPACING OF FIXTURES SHALL COMPLY W/LOCAL HANDICAPPED CODE REQUIREMENTS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLING FIXTURES. 1'1. CAST IRON SLEEVES MUST EXTEND AT LEAST 4" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR PER LANDLORD DESIGN MANUAL. I8. TENANT G.C. SHALL INSTALL WATER METER WITH REMOTE READOUT. REMOTE RECEIVED SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE TENANT'S REAR DOOR AND MUST BE READABLE IN U.S. GALLONS PER LANDLORD DESIGN MANUAL. FEB 0 4 2010 la. LANDLORD DESIGN MANUAL SPECIFICALLY PROHIBITS USE OF PVC. PERMIT CENTER NOTE ALL ABOVE GRADE PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON. PVC ALLOWED FOR BELOW GRADE. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE EWH ED LAV TP WC WHA CHRONOMITE MODEL .5 GPM FLOW RATE, 110 DEGREES F. FLOOR DRAIN: SMITH BODY WITH FLASHING CONNECTION, VANDAL AMERICAN STANDARD HUNG LAVATORY SUPPLIES, STOPS, 2018 MOLDED PROTECTIVE INSTALLED TO COMPLY ADA GUIDELINES, FAUCET - AMERICAN "SR -15I" INSTANEOUS TYPE, RATED AT 1800 WATTS 120V, 60 CYCLES, SET OUTLET TEMPERATURE AT 2005 GENERAL SERVICE FLOOR DRAIN, CAST IRON COLLAR, ADJUSTABLE STRAINER, TRAP PRIMER PROOF SCREWS, AND SQUARE TOP STRAINER. MODEL 0321.075, DECLYN, VITREOUS CHINA WALL COMPLETE WITH GRID DRAIN, OFFSET DRAIN, P -TRAP, CONCEALED ARM SUPPORTS, AND TRUEBRO MODEL LAVATORY ENCLOSURE. FIXTURE TO BE WITH 1997 FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE, AND ANSI A117.1 REQUIREMENTS. STANDARD #7500 -170 "MONTERREY: CENTER BLADE HANDLES TO PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCT, INC. MODEL AMERICAN STANDARD # EL 3.5 "CADET' WHITE TANK AND BOWL W/ # 5311.012 WHITE SEAT TO BE INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH 1997 FLORIDA ADA GUIDELINES, AND ANSI A117.1 REQUIREMENTS. ARRESTER, EQUAL TO PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCT, INC. SET WITH WRIST TRAP PRIMER, EQUAL PR- 500 -DU -2. WATER CLOSET - W/ # 2108.408 TO MATCH. FIXTURE ACCESSIBILITY CODE, WATER HAMMER SC SERIES. PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE MARK# DESCRIPTION MINIMUM BRANCH CONNECTION SIZE CW HW DRAIN TRAP VENT WC WATER CLOSET 1/2" — 3" INT. 2" LAV LAVATORY 1/2" 1/2" 1 -1/2" 1 -1X4. 1 -1/2 1-1/2" Of Sheets FD FLOOR DRAIN -- — 3" 3" 2" REVISIONS BY SCOTfSDALE, ARIZONA 85259 PHONE: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 IryX1"1 PROJECT. /✓ SOUTHCENTER WESTFIELD TENANT SPACE #440 984/ 986 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE. PLUMBING PLAN Date 1 -14 -10 Scale 1/4" = 1' —O" Drawn B. MARTENEY Job Sheet p-I Of Sheets